MTO - Appendix Q - Design-Build Contract Administration Manual - A4H5S2

Design-Build Administration Manual January 2014
DESIGN-BUILD
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION MANUAL
Ministry of Transportation
Enquiries regarding amendments, suggestions, or comments should be directed to:
Ministry of Transportation
Contract Innovations Office, 2nd Floor North
Garden City Tower
301 St. Paul Street
St. Catharines, Ontario
L2R 7R4
Contacts :
Felipe.mendoza@ontario.ca
Audrey.watterson@ontario.ca
"Ce document hautement spécialisé n’est disponible qu’en anglais, en vertu du règlement 671/92, qui en
exempte l’application de la Loi sur les services en français. Pour obtenir de l’aide en français, veuillez
communiquer avec le ministère des Transports,877-246-4600.”
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION...........................................................................................................................................1
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDE .................................................................................................... 1
1.2 CONFIDENTIALITY ................................................................................................................ 2
1.3 ACRONYMS .......................................................................................................................... 2
PART A CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION ......................................................................................... 5

2.0 GENERAL DESIGN-BUILD ADMINISTRATION ...................................................................................6
2.1 THE OWNERS ROLE............................................................................................................. 7
2.2 THE DESIGN-BUILDER’S ROLE ........................................................................................... 7
2.3 CONTRACT PAYMENT ......................................................................................................... 8
2.4 COMMUNICATIONS .............................................................................................................. 8
2.5 SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................................ 9
3.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR DESIGN ......................................................................................................... 10
3.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................. 10
3.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC TASKS ............................................................................................... 10
4.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................ 11
4.1 GENERAL............................................................................................................................. 11
4.2 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION START-UP MEETING ............................................. 12
4.3 CONTRACT AWARD ........................................................................................................... 29
4.4 CONSTRUCTION PRE-START MEETING .......................................................................... 29
4.5 NOTIFICATIONS .................................................................................................................. 36
4.6 CONTRACT MEETINGS ...................................................................................................... 37
4.7 COMPLETION DATE ........................................................................................................... 43
4.8 EXPENDITURE CONTROL .................................................................................................. 44
4.9 ROCK ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................... 44
4.10 COMMISSIONING OF HIGHWAYS PRIOR TO OPENING .................................................. 44
4.11 DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................. 44
4.12 CHANGES ............................................................................................................................ 48
4.13 MEDIA ENQUIRES ............................................................................................................... 49
4.14 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE & CONTRACT COMPLETION........................................ 49
4.15 ASSESSING COMPLIANCE TO THE QUALITY PROCESSES ........................................... 53
5.0 ADMINISTRATION POST-CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................................... 55
5.1 CONTRACT CLOSING PROCESS ...................................................................................... 55
5.2 DESIGN-BUILD CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE RATING ............................................... 56
5.3 SUBMISSION OF RECORD DOCUMENTS ......................................................................... 56
PART B INSPECTION TASKS ......................................................................................................... 57

6.0 DESIGN-BUILD INSPECTION TASKS - GENERAL ............................................................................ 58
7.0 DESIGN-BUILD INSPECTION TASKS - OPS SPECIFICATIONS..................................................... 59
7.1 LEVELS OF INSPECTION ................................................................................................... 59
7.2 DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................................................. 60
7.3 INDEX OF INSPECTION TASKS ......................................................................................... 61
8.0 DESIGN-BUILD INSPECTION TASKS - PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS .......................... 279
APPENDIX A ............................................................................................................................................................... 295
LIST OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FORMS .................................................................................. 295
APPENDIX B ............................................................................................................................................................... 299
ROLE OF THE CA (CA) WITH RESPECT TO QUALITY VERIFICATION ENGINEER (QVE) SERVICES
............................................................................................................................................ 299
APPENDIX C ............................................................................................................................................................... 301
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS................................................................................ 301
APPENDIX D .............................................................................................................................................................. 307
DESIGN-BUILD PROJECT MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE ..................................................................... 307
APPENDIX E ............................................................................................................................................................... 310
SUBMISSION INSTRUCTION NOTICES AND NOTICE OF NON-CONFORMANCE .............................. 310
APPENDIX F ............................................................................................................................................................... 311

DESIGN-BUILD RECORD DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST ........................................................................... 311
APPENDIX G ............................................................................................................................................................... 316
DESIGN-BUILD COMMUNICATION MATRIX .......................................................................................... 316
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDE
This guide has been prepared to assist in the administration of Design-Build (DB) contracts for
highway construction for the Ministry of Transportation, Ontario. It has been developed to
provide guidance to Project Leads and Contract Administrators (CA) regarding contract
administration duties and the appropriate level of contract oversight for Design-Build contracts.
There are eight key areas to this guide, these are:

o Section 1.0–Introduction
Part A – Contract Administration
o Section 2.0 - General Design-Build Administration
o Section 3.0 - Administration for Design
o Section 4.0 - Administration for Construction
o Section 5.0 - Administration Post-Construction
Part B – Inspection Tasks
o Section 6.0 - Inspection -General
o Section 7.0 - Inspection Tasks for OPS Specifications
o Section 8.0 - Inspection Tasks for Performance Specifications
Part A- Contract Administration is divided into sections for general, design, construction and
post-construction phases. The phases for design administration and construction administration
may overlap depending on the approach to the project by the Design-Builder.
Part B – Inspection Tasks is divided into sections for general, inspection tasks for Work
performed using OPS specifications and inspection tasks for Work performed using
Performance Specifications.
When a Design-Build contract includes OPS Specifications, Section 7.0 is intended to provide
those involved in inspection with a resource to check that the Work is in compliance with
Ministry specifications, standards, drawings, policies and procedures. This part of the manual is
divided into seven sections or groupings dealing with: Grading, Concrete and Structures,
Bituminous, Electrical, ATMS, Traffic Control, and Environmental.
Within Section 8.0 are the inspection tasks for Work that is covered by Performance
Specifications. The tasks are intended to provide those involved in inspecting this Work with a
resource to ensure that the Design-Builder has complied with all the Contract Documents
relating to Work governed by a Performance Specification.
Both sections 7.0 and 8.0 could apply to a Design-Build contract since there is currently a hybrid
approach to Design-Build contract specifications that incorporates both types of specifications.
As more Performance Specifications become available Section 8.0 will expand and use of
Section 7.0 will decrease.
This document is not a complete documentation of the administration process. It is to be read in

conjunction with the requirements of the Design-Build Contract Documents, Ministry directives,
Memoranda, and pertinent legislation.
1
1.2 CONFIDENTIALITY
All Design-Builder records are to be treated as confidential documents. Information requests

received from subcontractors, suppliers, the media, or by third parties shall be discussed with
the Project Lead prior to release.
1.3 ACRONYMS
AASHTO American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials

AC Asphalt Cement
ACE Area Contracts Engineer
ACI American Concrete Institute
ADM-R Administration Regional Services
AMC Area Maintenance Contract
ASAP As Soon As Possible
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
ATMS Advanced Traffic Management Systems
AVS Air Void System
CA Contract Administrator
CAITM Construction Administration and Inspection Task Manual
CAN/BAS Canadian Bridge Analysis System
CAS Construction Administration System
CCAA Construction Contract Administration Agreement (Legal Agreement)
C of C Certificate of Conformance
CCTV Closed Circuit Television
CDED Contract Design Estimating and Documentation
CDS Contract Documentation System
CIR Cold In-Place Recycling
CO Change Order
CP Cathodic Protection
CSA Contract Services Administrator(also means Contract Control Officer)
CVOR Commercial Vehicle Operator’s Registration
CPR Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating
CPRA Contract Payment and Records Assessment
DB-EOI Design-Build Expression of Interest
DCR Design and Construction Report
DFO Department of Fisheries and Oceans
DFT Dry Film Thickness
DGS Design Graphic System
DSLAT Data System Line-up Acceptance Testing
DSM Designated Sources for Materials
DTE/DCE Data Terminal Equipment / Data Communications Equipment
DTM Digital Terrain Model
EA Environmental Assessment
ENT Electrical Non-Metallic Tubing
EPS Expanded Poly Styrene
ERS End Result Specification
ESA Electrical Safety Association
ESD Environmental Screening Document
FDS Final Detailed Statement
2
FOS Filtration Opening Size

GPS Global Positioning System
GSTPM Guidelines for Sampling and Testing of Pavement Markings
HIR Hot In Place Recycling
HPC High Performance Concrete
LED Light Emitting Diode
M Milestone
MOE Ministry of the Environment
MNR Ministry of Natural Resources
MOC Ministry of Culture
MSA Material Selection Approval
MTO Ministry of Transportation Ontario
OGDL Open Graded Drainage Layer
OHSA Occupational Health and Safety Act
OPP Ontario Provincial Police
OPR Operations
OPSS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
OSCLIS Ontario Structural Clearance and Load Information System
OTM Ontario Traffic Manual
PCM Provincial Construction Memo
PDA Power Distribution Assembly
PGAC Performance Graded Asphalt Cement
PH-A Provincial Highways Program Administration
PH-CC Provincial Highways Capital Construction
PH-D Provincial Highways Design
PH-M Provincial Highways Maintenance
PHY Provincial Highways
PIT Pre-Installation Testing
PMD Profile Measuring Device
POP Proof of Performance
PQP Plan Quantity Payment
PMM Provincial Maintenance Memo
PVMS Portable Variable Message Sign
QA Quality Assurance
QAO Quality Assurance Officer
QC Quality Control
QST Quality and Standards
QVE Quality Verification Engineer
RAP Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement
RFP Request for Proposal
RFQ Request for Quotation
RHM Recycled Hot Mix
ROW Right of Way
RSS Retained Soil System
SIT System Integration Test
SP Special Provision
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
TESR Transportation Environmental Study Report
TOC Traffic Operations Centre
VDS Vehicle Detection Station
VMS Variable Message Sign
3
VSLAT Video System Line-up Acceptance Testing

WHMIS Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
WP Work Project
4
PART A
CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION
5
2.0 GENERAL DESIGN-BUILD ADMINISTRATION
The Design-Build contracting approach merges the traditionally separate detail design and
construction projects into one contract performed by a single Design-Builder entity. When
administering a Design-Build contract, it is important to understand that the Design-Builder has
flexibility to design and construct the project within the bounds of the Contract Documents.
For the purposes of this document, the terms “Design-Builder” and “Contractor” have the same
meaning and refer to the entity providing the combined design and construction services for the
Design-Build contract.
Administering a Design-Build contract involves ensuring that all deliverables are provided as
detailed and in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Ministry relies upon the Design-
Builder taking professional responsibility for the design and therefore design submissions are
not approved by the Ministry.
The nature of the Design-Build contract anticipates involvement from both Regional Engineering
and Regional Operations from the outset forming a Project Team. For each project, the
responsibility for the administration of the Design-Build contract is to be led by a Project Lead.
The Project Lead may change during the course of the Design-Build contract(See “Project
Management Structure” in Appendix D). Typically during the phases of contract preparation
through procurement the Project Lead will be the Engineering Project Manager. After award of
the Contract the Project Lead role typically transfers to the Operations office and may be either
the Area Contracts Engineer (ACE) or the Contract Services Administrator (CSA). Although no
longer the Project Lead, the Project Manager will still be a key member of the Project Team,
especially during the detail design phase. Regardless of which office has the Project Lead role
at any given time, the entire Project Team remains involved throughout the project.
While the Project Lead is ultimately responsible for the administration of the Design-Build
contract, after award of the Contract a CA will be either assigned (MTO) or retained (Service
Provider) to address the day to day administration of the contract.
ACSA will also be assigned to the project. The main role of the CSA is to provide oversight for
the CA role, whether that is an “in-house” MTO assignment or a Service Provider. The CSA may
also on occasion perform the duties of the CA
The above paragraphs and Appendix D provide some guidance but ultimately it is up to the
Regional Managers to establish the structure of the contract administration team and allocate
responsibilities based on available resources and requirements of a particular project.
For Design-Build projects, specific project goals are included in the Request for Proposal.
When reviewing Design-Builder submissions, in meetings with the Design-Builder and in
correspondence, these project goals should form a foundation for project deliverables.
The Design-Builder’s Engineer will now have responsibility for many approvals that were
previously undertaken by the CA on behalf of the Ministry. This does not apply however for
repair or remedial actions for non-conforming or deficient Work.
6
2.1 THE OWNERS ROLE
The Ministry shall establish a Project Team responsible for the development, administration and
oversight of the Design-Build contract.
The Project Team shall determine the appropriate approach to frequency and detail of reviews
and oversight during all phases of the Design-Build contract based on the project type and
complexity as well as the type of specifications used. In doing so, the Project Team shall
consider the requirements of all Contract Documents (RFP, GC’s, Design-Builder’s proposal,
Specification’s, etc). Throughout the various contract phases the Project Team may assess and
adjust their approach as necessary in consideration of the Design-Builder’s performance (e.g.:
detail of design reviews may be increased if there are issues with non-conformance to the
Contract Documents).
The Owner will not approve any design or construction submissions from the Design-Builder but
may review them for completeness and to determine conformance to Contract Documents.
2.2 THE DESIGN-BUILDER’S ROLE
In relation to oversight, the Design-Builder’s role on a Design-Build project is to design and

construct the project as per and within the constraints of the Contract Documents. The Design-
Builder shall work in collaboration with the Owner to communicate scheduling at all phases of
the project and to provide access to the Owner’s representatives as required for all required
reviews, audits, inspections, sampling and/or collection of performance indicators.
Regardless of reviews and oversight by the Owner, the Design-Builder is solely responsible for
design adequacy, accuracy, constructability and appropriateness and conformance to all
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Project Meetings
The Design-Builder is required to coordinate mandatory pre-start meetings, at Design start-up

and Construction start-up, with the CA and the entire Project Team. In addition to the regular
agenda (as may be revised for the Design-Build contract model) the following items should be
considered for inclusion in either or both the Design Pre-start or Construction Pre-Start
meetings:
o General reminder that this is a Design-Build contract and that a partnership approach is
desired.
o High level discussion of the Ministry’s anticipated oversight approach.
o Reminder of design submissions required prior to construction
o Reiterate that design submissions will NOT be approved by the Ministry – if non-
conformances or deficiencies are found in the design the Design-Builder will be required
to stop construction until the design is brought into conformance and remediate any
Work constructed to that point (at no additional cost to the Ministry).
o Discuss communications and how the Design-Builder proposes to keep the Ministry
informed on the project status
o Discuss Chapter 2 requirements
o Discuss requirements of Specifications in Chapter 3 (particular emphasis on Perfs)
It is a requirement of the RFP that the Design-Builder shall arrange, conduct and attend
progress meetings. The Project Team shall determine the appropriate frequency of progress
meetings during development of the Request for Proposal. The frequency is specified in the
7
RFP. The Project Management Best Practices provides a good overview of meetings and
should be used as a reference for the Project Team to determine the frequency and content of
progress meetings. The frequency of meetings held should take into consideration the
complexity of the project while also keeping in mind the Design-Builder has sole responsibility
for the design.
The Design-Builder is required to provide a meeting agenda five Business Days in advance of
meetings. The agenda/content of all meetings should be carefully reviewed by the CA and
revised as necessary to ensure it is appropriate to the Design-Build contract model and the
Contract Documents.
2.3 CONTRACT PAYMENT
The general payment process currently used for design-bid-build contracts will also apply to
Design-Build contracts. The Payment Cover Sheet (PH-CC-881b) and Progress Payment
Certificate (PH-CC-882) have been revised for Design-Build contracts.
The main difference in measurement for payment for Design-Build contracts is that the items
have been reduced to a maximum of 14 items which are all lump sum payment (see the
“Itemized Bid Form” in Appendix B). This is reflected in the Design-Build Progress Payment
Certificate. Payment for each lump sum item monthly is based on the percentage completion of
the item. The Design-Builder will submit a monthly invoice showing the percent complete for
each item. The CA verifies the invoice through field observations and estimates possibly in
conjunction with review of the Design-Builders schedule.
The CA shall review the Design-Builder’s Progress Payment Application and check it contains
the information as stated in the Contract Documents.
The Design-Builder’s invoice shall be reviewed by the CA for completeness and if accurate
recommended for payment. Along with the Invoice Cover Sheet, the Invoice is then forwarded
to the CSA and after approval it is forwarded to the Head of Contract Services within five (5)
Business Days for processing.
A monthly expenditure forecast report, produced from CAS, shall also be completed by the CA.
2.4 COMMUNICATIONS
The CA shall be the single point of contact to receive all communications from the Design-
Builder and provide all responses from the Ministry back to the Design-Builder. The CA shall
forward communications received from the Design-Builder to the CSA and/or Project Lead upon
receipt. Any responses from the Ministry to the Design-Builder will be forwarded by the CA
upon receipt. The Project Lead is responsible to ensure all internal and external stakeholders
receive all communications that may impact on their area of responsibility.
It is strongly recommended that the Project Lead, the CSA and the CA develop a
communication matrix to assist in ensuring appropriate distribution of all communications (see
Appendix G for a sample matrix).
For public relations involving media inquiries the Ministry has sole responsibility. These inquiries
should be addressed according to current Ministry protocol. For all other public relation matters
8
the Design-Builder is the first point of contact. The CA together with other associated Ministry
staff are to work collaboratively with the Design-Builder to address issues appropriately and in a
timely manner.
2.5 SCHEDULE
The schedule checklist shall be completed by the CA for the originally submitted critical path
schedule and forwarded to the CSA and/or Project Lead. The CSA or Project Lead shall review
the Design-Builder’s originally submitted (as bid) critical path schedule. Any deficiencies or
impracticalities (e.g. operations which appear out of order or questionable production rates)
shall be documented and brought to the Design-Builder’s attention.
Any updates to the schedule shall be submitted by the Design-Builder to the CA, both hard copy
and electronic version, and reviewed by the CA for practicality, achievability, and conformance
to the Contract Documents. Deficient or non-conforming schedules shall be returned to the
Design-Builder noting error(s) and requesting a resubmission. The CA shall forward all schedule
updates, with their comments, to the CSA.
The CA shall review the Design-Builder’s progress with respect to the schedule. The CA shall
review weekly updates of the Design-Builder’s intended work operations, analyse critical path
updates received from the Design-Builder and respond to/administer these accordingly. The
Design-Builder’s progress shall be monitored throughout the construction period, and action
taken as appropriate in the event that the planned schedule is not maintained. The schedule
and progress should be reviewed with the Design-Builder at every progress meeting. If the
Design-Builder is behind schedule, the progress meeting shall include a discussion of the
reasons for delays, determining if any delays are due to MTO, Design-Builder, or other parties,
and ensure that it is documented in the minutes of the meeting. The CA shall request an action
plan from the Design-Builder detailing how the delays will be addressed.
The CA shall apply information gained from the critical path schedule, to assess in detail any
requests for extension of time, and provide detailed recommendations to the CSA with reasons.
The CA may also apply knowledge gained from the critical path schedule to address arising
issues, including but not limited to delays, deletions or changes in the work or additional work,
potential acceleration, claim negotiations, and/or dispute resolution processes.
9
3.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR DESIGN
3.1 GENERAL
The CA shall be in regular communication with the Design-Builder to be aware of the progress
of the Work.
The CA shall receive any written submission from the Design-Builder documenting the
inaccuracy of the Ministry Supplied Information as required in Section2.2 a) of the RFP.
The CA is to receive any submissions by the Design-Builder that may require approval (such as
a PHM125) or review. Submissions are forwarded through the CSA to the Project Lead who
ensures the appropriate Ministry office(s) receive such submissions and establish and
communicate a required timeframe for response(as may be detailed in the Contract
Documents). It is very important that such submissions are provided to the appropriate offices
as quickly as possible. A communications matrix should be developed by the CA, CSA and
Project Lead to set protocols for distribution of submissions.
The CA and the Ministry project team are to review any “Issued for Construction” drawings, and
other design submissions required in the RFP, for conformance to the Contract Documents. It
should be emphasized the Design-Builder is responsible for the design and ensuring
conformance with all Contract Documents. If there are non-conformances, these need to be
brought to the Design-Builder’s attention as quickly as possible through a Notice of Non-
Conformance issued by the CA. Timeliness of communication is key to achieving project goals
and to minimizing conflict in case of non-conformance issues. In the event that Work is
underway that does not conform to the Contract Documents the CA shall advise the Design-
Builder to stop construction on such Work or any Work that may be impacted by the
replacement or repair of the non-conforming Work.
The Contract Documents should be followed to ensure adherence to specified submission

requirements. Unless a specific time limit for review by the Owner is specified in the Contract
Documents, once the design for a component is submitted, the Design-Builder is able to
commence that portion of the construction Work immediately. Timely review of submissions will
help to minimize conflict in case of non-conformance issues..
A best practice to use for all design submissions is to acknowledge receipt by sending an
Instruction Notice (see Appendix E for suggested wording). This approach allows the Design-
Builder to proceed with construction unless a review period is otherwise specified in the
Contract Documents.
3.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC TASKS
Specific project requirements are detailed under Section2.4 in the RFP.
The CA is to ensure the Design-Builder’s submissions comply with these requirements as well
as with the Information Management requirements of PERF 1075.
10
4.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR CONSTRUCTION
4.1 GENERAL
The CA is responsible to ensure that the Work performed by the Design-Builder conforms to the
Contract Documents. Due to the pace of the work and the complexity, specific details for
administration, inspection and oversight have been provided in this document to function as
tools and guidelines for the CA to help ensure completeness.
Before the Construction phase, a CSA will be assigned to the project either as the CA or to
oversee the work of the CA. The CSA (CSA) works closely with the CA and is responsible to
keep the Project Lead informed at all times.
The CA may be a Ministry employee or a Service Provider, as defined in the General

Conditions. The CA may also have staff to carry out various aspects of their responsibilities.
General Contract Administration Duties During Construction
o Review but do NOT “approve” construction submissions: the CA, and Project Team as
appropriate,
o Confirm with CSA any special requirements for documenting field observations
(who/what/where/when/why/how) of the Design-Builder’s “Alternative Innovative
Concepts” (applicable to Design-Build Major only)
o Document field observations (who/what/where/when/why/how) of the Design-Builder’s
Work relative to Ministry approved Change Orders, Change Proposals and Ministry
accepted proposals from the Design-Builder to correct deficient or non-conforming Work
o All inspections, sampling, performance assessments and any observed conditions that
may affect the performance during the warranty period must be well documented.
Documentation, records and samples must be maintained in a secure and safe location
up to the end of the warranty period for the Work and until all disputes with the Design-
Builder are resolved
o Complete the Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating Form B’s every month and
review at progress meetings.
o Monitor continuity and compliance with Ministry’s commitments with external regulatory
agencies between the design and construction stages.
o In the case of non-conformances, clearly identify the non-conformance and compile the
appropriate documentation (photos, etc.) to explain why the Design-Builder is in non-
conformance
o Issue Notice of Non-Conformance when warranted and apply appropriate
consequences.
o Review the Design-Builder’s progress with respect to the submitted/updated CP
schedule
o Review work completed to verify monthly progress payment requests
o Process monthly payments
o Complete monthly expenditure forecast reports
11
General Contract Administration Duties Post-Construction
o Ensure that the Design-Builder’s Engineer confirms completion of the Work in

accordance with the Contract Documents.
o Document issues/concerns with Contract Documents, including Specifications
established for the Design-Build model, and provide feedback to the Contract
Innovations Office (CIO) for future document updates. Provide a copy to the Project
Manager as well.
o Complete Project Construction Report (as per current Head Office Construction
Memorandum and as may be revised for Design-Build contract model)
o Complete final package as per “Design-Build Record Documents Checklist” PH-CC-
878DB (see Appendix F) – Note that many items on the regular checklist will not be
applicable on a Design-Build contract. Other items will be significantly reduced.
o Complete Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating documentation Ensure all
commitments with external agencies have been met, including reports and any other
deliverables associated with agreements, permits and regulations.
CA
4.2 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION START-UP MEETING
Note to users: This section was drafted for use when a Service Provider is providing CA
services through a Contract Administration Agreement. However, it also provides a good start
up meeting guide for “in-house” Ministry CA staff. Adjust the content of the meeting to suit the
experience of the Ministry assigned CA.
The purpose of the Construction Administration Start-up meeting is to define the roles and
responsibilities for Construction Administration. This meeting is attended by the Project Lead
and key members of the Project Team as well as the key contract administration staff. The
Design-Builder does not attend this meeting. The process for the handling and review of
documentation will also be discussed. The Project Lead will arrange and conduct the
Construction Administration Start-Up Meeting. The CA will be responsible for the minutes of
this meeting.
The following issues should be discussed at the Construction Administration Start-Up Meeting:
4.2.1 Contract Administration Service Provider Quality Control of Services and

Deliverables Plan
If the Contract Administration is by a Service Provider, the Service Provider should describe
their Quality Control plan and management. Specific attention should be paid to how the CAs
non-conformances and deficiencies in contract administration will be addressed.
4.2.2 General
o The CA shall highlight any potential Constructor conflicts and check that the Design-
Builder co-ordinates all work with adjacent Contractors, maintenance staff and service
crews. Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-238 Designation of a Constructor
o Discuss contract documentation to be copied to MTO.
o List of MTO contact names for the contract.
12
o Discuss/determine location of CA’s field office.

o Identify name and location of Ministry designated laboratory.
o Discuss internal/external communication protocols and review Regional Policy regarding
Media / MPP / General Public Inquiries.
4.2.3 Inspection Tasks
o Ensure the inspection task requirements are carried out as outlined in this manual.
o Ensure that all applicable milestone inspections are carried out and documented in the
appropriate diaries.
o Review staffing levels on the contract ensuring they meet inspection task requirements.
4.2.4 Insurance and Risk Management Issues
Reference:
o Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-103 Claims for Compensation for Personal and
Business Losses During Construction
Review Regional Operations Office policy regarding Third Party claims. All claims for
compensation for personal and business loss shall be forwarded to the Design-Builder, with a
copy to be maintained by the CA. The CA shall obtain copies, and maintain a file of any
pertinent accident reports from the appropriate police force.
When the claims are forwarded through Management Board Secretariat’s Insurance and Risk
Management Section, theCA shall examine the contract documentation and respond to
requests for information. Copies of all correspondence shall be copied to the CSA.
4.2.5 Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating
The Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating shall be carried out in accordance with the
associated guidelines and forms that were in effect on the tender opening date of the contract.
4.2.6 Concerns / Expectations on Issues
The CA shall be responsible for:
o Establishing and maintaining appropriate relationships with adjacent property owners,

municipalities, other Ministries representatives, the OPP, local politicians, local police
and emergency services, school boards, transit authorities, Utility companies, etc.
o Providing day-to-day liaison with the Design-Builder
o Providing first line interpretations of the Contract Documents to the Design-Builder,
consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
o Communicating the Ministry’s decisions to the Design-Builder
o Traffic management, lane and ramp closure notification protocol to be discussed
o Informing the CSA/Project Lead of issues which may lead to delays or claims
o Administration of progress payments; review the procedures
o Checking that the Design-Builder provides deliverables in a timely, accurate manner
13
o Receiving submissions from the Design-Builder and forwarding them to the Project
Lead;
− If a submission from the Design-Builder requires Ministry approval, or is for a
deficiency or repair, review and forward the submission within two Business Days
to the Project Lead with comments (if CA is a Service Provider include the Service
Provider Project Manager’s comments in addition)
o Tracking, confirming, documenting and reporting that Submissions
− Are received within the specified time frame
− Consist of the specified number of copies, content and format
− Are sealed and signed when specified
o Protection of employees; Discuss Health and Safety Plan and potential issues; CA
abiding by the Ministry Personal Protective Equipment Guideline
o Receiving Design-Builder’s CVORs for equipment on site; review the requirements of the
General Conditions for CVORs and the supplying of source materials throughout the
duration of the Contract
o Carrying out all on-site inspection and associated surveying
o Monitoring and reviewing the quality of Design-Builder’s work to confirm that the Design-
Builder is discharging its obligations and responsibilities under the Contract Documents.
o Maintaining control of the receipt, use and final disposition of all Ministry-supplied
materials in accordance with Ministry procedures
o Providing written recommendations on situations / issues as deemed necessary by the
Ministry
o Monitoring construction related environmental permits to check that they are obtained
and adhered to
o Ensuring the Design-Builder is properly co-ordinating, communicating and consulting
with the High Pressure Gas Utility company for excavation and construction near
pipelines. Discuss requirements at the Pre-Start Meeting with the Design-Builder.
o Monitoring and ensuring compliance with external agencies regulations and any
additional commitments specified in the Contract Documents; external agencies include
but are not limited to railway authorities, environmental agencies and local
Municipalities.
4.2.7 Pre-Construction Photos / Video
The CA shall take a set of pre-construction digital photographs and a video immediately in
advance of commencement of construction. This is in order to document existing conditions
such as signs, all entrances, side roads, ingress and egress of posted construction entrances,
existing structures, electrical plant (e.g. traffic signals, highway lighting, power plants), other
authority’s equipment such as hydro, bell, and railways.
4.2.8 Documents Copied to MTO
The following documents shall be provided to the Regional Operations Office:

o All Change Orders, reports on delays, minutes of meetings
o Instruction Notices to Design-Builder
o Schedule updates, and comments back to the Design-Builder.
o Extension of time requests
o Accidents or claims from the public or property owners
o Major issues or delays
o Notification of lane closures/lane reductions (faxed at time of initiation/cancellation)
o Contract related permits
14
o Notices of Non-Conformance
o General correspondence and e-mail
All documents are to be distributed as indicated on the corresponding form when required.
4.2.9 Material Testing and Sampling
As per Contract Documents, Ministry Directives and Memoranda.
4.2.9.1 Samples for Testing
The CA is responsible for witnessing all Quality Assurance (QA) sampling and for monitoring the
Design-Builder’s operation to check that sampling techniques, sample identification and delivery
to the appropriate laboratory are in accordance with Contract Documents.
All samples are to be delivered within two (2) Business Days (unless otherwise specified in the
Contract Documents), in a testable condition with proper identification (e.g. contract number,
date sampled, material type, lot, sublot, contact person, etc.) and WHMIS labels shall be
included with the sample(s) in accordance with applicable Dangerous Goods Legislation. The
CA is to review deficiencies in these operations as identified by his staff and the laboratory and
take appropriate action if problems arise.
The CA shall maintain a log of QA samples sent to the laboratories. This log shall include the
lot numbers, sublot numbers, security seal numbers, witness name, date sampled, date the
samples were received by the lab, and the date the test results were received from the lab.
The CA is required to evaluate test results in a timely manner.
4.2.9.2 Referee Testing
When referee testing is requested by the Design-Builder, the CA shall notify the appropriate
Quality Assurance Office (QAO) in writing within 1 Business Day. Where referee testing of
concrete cylinders is requested the CA shall also immediately notify the QA laboratory so that
cylinders are not disposed of.
The QAO shall provide the name and contact information for the referee laboratory to the CA.
The CA shall notify the QA laboratory in writing to deliver the samples to the referee laboratory
and shall notify the Design-Builder and QAO as to the date of testing.
4.2.9.3 Application of Security Seals
The CA is responsible to properly apply security seals onto sample bags and keep a log of seals
used and for what purpose (for inventory purposes). The CA shall enforce the Quality Control
Compliance consequences associated with sub-standard sampling practices by the Design-
Builder, including incorrect size sampling. The CA shall retain possession of the bags and seals
until after the samples have been taken and all the required paperwork has been filled out and
is in/with the sample container. Once this is done the container can be placed in the plastic
security bag and the CA/ Inspector can apply the locking seal. If samples are too hot (i.e.
PGAC samples) to put in the plastic security bags, the CA shall retain possession of the
samples until the bags and seals can be applied.
15
Security bags and seals shall be used with the following samples:
o Hot Mix Bulk QA and Referee samples

o Hot Mix compaction core QA and Referee samples
o Hot Mix Thickness Cores
o CIR and CREAM Bulk samples
o PGAC QA and Referee samples
o Granular QA and Referee samples
o Aggregate physical properties QA and referee samples
o Concrete Pavement Cores
o Concrete cores from bridge elements (new with Design-Build concrete specs)
o CIR and CREAM compaction slabs
Security bags and seals may be applied to other types of samples, in special circumstances, at
the direction of the CSA. However, such situations are expected to be infrequent.
Upon receipt of the test data, the CA shall verify the security seal identification provided with the
tests results against those applied in the field.
MTO security bags and seals are supplied by the Regional QA Section. At the end of the
Contract, the CA shall account for and return all unused MTO sample bags and security seals to
the QA Section.
4.2.9.4 Contact with Laboratories
The CA must provide the laboratory with the pertinent contract details (contract number, WP
number, phone and fax numbers and e-mail addresses for CA and for Design-Builder) as well
as all pertinent information, which affects testing procedures (hot mix re-compaction
temperatures etc.). The CA should clearly indicate what samples are to be tested and the
specific tests required. The CA is responsible to check that if samples are to be delivered
outside of normal business hours, the testing lab receives at least one (1)Business Days’ notice
by the Design-Builder in order to arrange for personnel to receive the samples. For example, for
delivery after business hours on Friday evening through Monday morning, the lab should be
contacted during business hours on Thursday or earlier.
The CA shall investigate all sample non-conformance identified by the QA Lab, and shall
provide written direction to the Design-Builder to resolve the problems(s) in a prompt and
efficient manner, on the form provided. The CA is responsible for communicating such
instances to the Ministry staff (i.e. CSA, QA Officer) as appropriate, and taking further
administrative action as may be required by the Contract Documents.
The CA should liaise directly with the labs on routine matters as required, however, issues
related to the performance of the Area and/or MERO Testing Labs (e.g. turn around times and
quality of results) or any other related concerns shall be brought to the attention of the Head,
Quality Assurance in writing (by e-mail).
Although most QA testing is done by the Area Testing Laboratories, some specialized materials
testing is conducted through the MTO Materials Engineering and Research Office (MERO) as
listed below. The CA shall meet with the QAO prior to the start of construction to determine
which specialized materials testing will be required for the Contract:
16
Bituminous:
Anti-stripping Additive
Crack Sealing Quality
Concrete:
Portland Cement, Hydraulic Slag or Fly Ash Material Quality
Latex Modifier Quality
Post Tension Cables
Shotcrete Cores
Bridge Deck Waterproofing and Protection Board Quality
Hot Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Seal Quality
Expansion Joint Seals
Elastomeric/Rotational Bearings
Structural Steel Coating Material Quality
Metal Wire Galvanizing
Traffic Paint Quality (not thickness)
Glass Beads Quality
Thermoplastic Pavement Markings
Field Reacted Polymer Pavement Marking
Pre-formed Pavement Marking Tape
Stainless Steel Reinforcing Steel
Soils & Aggregates:

Geotextile Quality
Foundations:
Wick Drains
Expanded Polystyrene
Geogrids
Slag
4.2.9.5 Review of Concrete and Asphalt Mix Designs
The CA shall review all concrete and asphalt mix designs for completeness, making sure all
elements of the proposed mix are included in the submissions as per the Contract Documents.
The mix design package, including the independent Superpave Mix Design Verification, shall be
scanned and saved into a single “PDF” format file and submitted to the Head of QA together
with a summary of the review indicating compliance with the Design-Builder’s design and
Contract Documents within four (4) Business Days of the design being properly submitted by
the Design-Builder. The procedures for processing concrete mix designs are given in HOC
#2005-02, Acceptance and Use of Concrete Mix Designs.
4.2.9.6 Review and Submission of Test Results
Where material is to be tested for acceptance, the CA is responsible for determining if the
material meets the requirements of the Contract Documents. The role of the lab is only to
provide raw data and not determine acceptability.
After review by the CA, copies of test results should also be sent as detailed in the “Guidelines
For Test Result Submissions” to the Head of QA (as determined by the Regional Operations
17
Office). Test results are to be submitted within four (4) Business Days of the results having
been submitted to the CA or within four (4) Business Days of the samples being available for
testing in cases where the CA is responsible for testing. The Design-Builder shall monitor,
record and check that the test result submissions are meeting the required time frames. All test
results to be submitted in PDF format.
All submissions must be sent with an appropriate cover letter, identifying the material
represented, the acceptability of results, and any actions required by the Design-Builder as a
result of not meeting the specification requirements.
For materials that are decisioned using lots and sublots the CA must calculate approximate
quantities based on the Design-Builder’s design(since Design-Build projects are Lump Sum bid
and exact quantities are not disclosed during tendering) in order to develop a lot and sub-lot
system for the purpose of acceptance testing. Prior to the start of construction, the CA and the
Design-Builder must establish and agree on lot and sub-lot size. Individual QA test results need
only be submitted to the CSA when the results are outside of specified requirements (e.g. low
cylinder breaks). These submissions should be accompanied by comments regarding any
action that is being taken.
The “Guidelines for Test Result Submissions” has been developed (see below), as an aid to the
CA in order to more clearly identify which test results must be submitted to the Ministry. It is a
general list that is to be used in conjunction with the Contract Documents and does not include
all possible items which may be required to be submitted. If a conflict exists between the list
and the Contract Documents, then the Contract Documents take precedence.
4.2.9.7 Year End Summaries
Using the CA’s approximate quantity calculations based on the Design-Builder’s design, Year-
end approximate totals of Granular, Concrete, and Bituminous materials are to be submitted by
the CA to the Regional Quality Assurance Office in electronic form no later than 30 Days from
last placement of the relevant material. For carry-over contracts, approximate running/progress
totals shall be submitted at the end of each calendar year (by December 31) for the work
completed to that date. The summaries shall include the completion of forms provided by the
Ministry for that purpose.
4.2.9.8 Guidelines for Test Result Submissions
ITEMS DETAILS OF SUBMISSIONS

Bituminous
Smoothness Sketch of sublot locations and list of approved exempted sublots

Summary of results on the Summary Acceptance Forms to be
submitted electronically including scallops. This includes profiles
taken for sublots re-tested
Summary of audit data as specified in the “FIELD GUIDE FOR THE
ACCEPTANCE OF HOT MIX AND BRIDGE DECK
WATERPROOFING”
Smoothness Sketch of sublot locations and list of exempted sublots indicating

By Inertial Profiler stations on both
Request for inertial profiler for QA/re-test/referee testing
18

Summary of IRI results on the Summary Acceptance Forms to be
submitted electronically including localized roughness. This includes
profiles taken for sublots re-tested
Final summary of payment for the entire lot.
Hot Mix Aggregates QA results

Physical Properties Referee results if applicable
Pavement markings Pavement Marking forms (glass bead application rates, paint
thickness, paint quality samples taken and submitted) to be
submitted within 30 Days of completion of pavement marking
Segregation Listing of areas of segregation including a description of severity as
required by the “FIELD GUIDE FOR THE ACCEPTANCE OF HOT
MIX AND BRIDGE DECK WATERPROOFING”
Miscellaneous QA test results
Asphalt Products Referee results if applicable
PGAC
Granular sealing
Rout and Seal
Tack Coat
Anti-strip etc
Granular
Granular O, A, B, QA test results
SSM Referee results if applicable
Physical Properties
Granular O, A, B, If referee testing is invoked, the final spreadsheet including referee
SSM data shall also be submitted
Production Samples
Compaction Checks Monthly summary of QA compaction results and summary of
acceptability on PH-CC-011 MTO QA Compaction Summary Sheet
Trial Strip/Proctor results and QA/QC correlation results to be
submitted upon completion
Reinforced Earth All QC data required by the Contract Documents.
Walls
Miscellaneous Soils QA test results
and Aggregates Referee Results if Applicable
Products
Geotextiles
Seeding etc
Concrete & Structural Items
Compressive Spreadsheet with acceptance analysis (strength acceptance
Strength Results requirements in DBSP1350)to be submitted electronically monthly
and upon completion of each lot for each class of concrete.
Temperature Records QA audit Cold and Hot weather temperature records after completion
of the curing and protection (if applicable) period. Temperature
records for HPC after completion of curing (and protection) period.
Concrete Aggregates QA results
Physical Properties Referee results if applicable
19

Air Voids in Hardened QA test results;
Concrete Referee test results if applicable
Tensile Bond Test QA test results
Rapid Chloride QA test results
Permeability (if Referee test results if applicable
applicable to
Contract)
Covermeter Survey Completed Survey together with calculated summary (ie. mean,
standard dev etc). Make and model of covermeter used to be
indicated
Waterproofing Copy of Thickness Report and adjustment factor calculations.
Material Quality test results for membrane and protection board
Half Cell Survey Copy of Half Cell Survey and continuity check form to be submitted
to QA and Regional Structural Office (or as indicated by CSA).
Note: Submitted immediately upon completion of field testing and

prior to initiation of removals
Water test for Copy of form. Copies to include a c/c to the Regional QA section
expansion joints (if and the Bridge Office.
applicable)
Proprietary Products On an as required basis
- Name of product
- Test data for compressive strength, rapid chloride permeability,
shrinkage and tensile bond or as per specification
-Type of repair it is being used for.
-Design-Builders proposal for use
Structural Steel QA/QC data as required by SPs plus Daily Coating Reports and
Coating Summary Report and CA Agreement deliverables.
Miscellaneous QA Test results
Concrete Materials
Testing Referee Results if applicable
Portland Cement,
Hydraulic Slag / Fly
Ash
Curing Compounds
Admixtures, Air
Entraining
Expansion Joint
Seals
Elastomeric Bearings
Post Tension Cables
Grout results
Hot Poured
Rubberized Sealant
4.2.9.9 Engineering Materials Field Testing Reference Table
20
Material Field Test Reference Document(s)

This guide and specifications
Earth Compaction
in the Contract Documents.
This guide and specifications
Granulars Compaction
Review Mix-Design
Hot Mix Contract Specifications
Documentation
Hot-In-Place Recycling Contract Specifications
Cold-In-Place Recycling Contract Specifications
Macrotexture (Sand Patch) Field Guide

QA testing of pavement This guide and specifications
smoothness (IRI method) in the Contract Documents.
Expanded Asphalt Contract Specifications
Guidelines for Conducting
Concrete Half Cell Survey
Half Cell Surveys
Guidelines for Conducting
Covermeter Survey
Covermeter Surveys
Review Mix-Design
Contract Specifications
Documentation
Field Guide For The
Bridge Deck Waterproofing
Acceptance Of Hot Mix And
Thickness
Bridge Deck Waterproofing
Dowels in Concrete - Pull
Testing
QA Audit Check on pavement This guide and specifications
Concrete
Smoothness (profilograph) in the Contract Documents.
Guidelines for Sampling and
Miscellaneous Traffic Paint Thickness
Testing of Pavement Markings
Glass Bead Distribution GSTPM
4.2.10 Quality Assurance Frequency of Monitoring / Audit Checks
o Check that the Design-Builder provides the deliverables as per the Contract Documents
in a timely and accurate manner
o Review the QVE process
4.2.11 Off-Site Inspection of Structural Items
o Prior to Construction, the CSA in conjunction with the Project Leads shall determine if
there are elements requiring off-site inspection. If these off-site inspections are going to
be outsourced, adequate work plan requirements shall be included in the specialist’s
terms of reference or the Contract Administration Agreement(when all CA services are
outsourced). In addition, adequate amount of hours shall be allocated depending on
21
quantity of material and specification requirements (Examples: Pre-Cast Beams,

Structural Steel and Aluminium Sign Supports).
o During construction/fabrication, the CSA, or CA in consultation with the CSA, shall
decide on the delivery of the CA’s specialty work plan depending on the Design-Builder’s
schedule of fabrication and based on the terms and conditions in the CA Agreement.
4.2.12 Geotechnical
Review the Design-Builder’s responsibilities for administering non-commercial pits and quarries
and the CA’s responsibilities for monitoring the Design-Builder’s activities. These
responsibilities include but are not limited to:
Prior to Construction:
o Review the Aggregate Sources List and confirm the availability of each source proposed
by the Design-Builder for use on the Contract.
o Review the operational and rehabilitation plans of the Design-Builder prior to them being
submitted to the Regional Geotechnical Section for review and approval.
o Regional Geotechnical Section will provide two copies of the approved site plan to the
CA. One copy is provided to the CA for inspection purposes and one copy is provided to
the Design-Builder for direction on operation of the source.
During Construction:
o If the Design-Builder proposes to make an amendment to the approved site plan, the
amendment must be reviewed and approved by the Regional Geotechnical Section prior
to any operational changes taking place.
o The Design-Builder shall simultaneously inform the CA when a request for an
amendment is submitted to the Regional Geotechnical Section.
o Two copies of this new approved site plan will be forwarded to the CA as above for
distribution. By following this process the CA will have the most up to date approved site
plan on hand for their daily inspection. Any amendments that are contentious in nature
should be relayed to the Design-Builder via an Instruction Notice.
o Once the pit and quarry activities have concluded, the CA shall ensure that the Design-
Builder has rehabilitated each source as per the approved site plan prior to the Design-
Builder leaving the source.
o At the conclusion of the contract, or annually on December 31 for multiyear contracts,
the CA shall submit to the Regional Geotechnical Section form PH-D-046 Pit and Quarry
After Use Report for all sources used on the Contract for both non-commercial and
commercial sources. Any tonnages derived from ROW production of aggregates shall
also be reported at this time: For Design-Build contracts, the CA must utilize appropriate
survey resources to obtain before and after elevations/topography in order to calculate
the volumes used by the Design-Builder during the execution of the Work, and
confirm/audit design forecasts from the designer; appropriate density values provided by
the Regional Geotechnical Section shall be used to convert to tonnages
4.2.13 Electrical
Electrical quality assurance shall include the ongoing and final inspection of, but not limited to
the following:
o Overhead lines;
22
o Cathodic protection;
o Periodic inspection of highway electrical systems, such as highway lighting, traffic
signals, and vehicle detection equipment;
o Spot-checking validity of Design-Builder-issued certificates, pre-installation testing, and
proof of performance testing.
o Electrical quality assurance activities pertaining to Design-Builder electrical maintenance
activities shall continue during winter shutdown
o Receive and review traffic signal PH-M-125 drawings
4.2.14 Post Pipe Installation Inspections
Quality Assurance of Post Installation Pipe Inspections shall be performed as detailed in

104S02. The inspections shall be carried out by the CA as specified.
o Post installation inspection service to be performed by a certified inspector. Receive list

of completed gravity pipe installations from Design-Builder who has certified them as
ready for inspection (the Certificate document shall be in a format acceptable to the
Ministry and including the details specified in the Contract Documents
o Arrange for date or dates that pipe inspection service will be on site to do inspections
and notify Design-Builder of inspection dates
o Compile inspection results (CA to input into excel spreadsheet available from MTO)
o Submit inspection results to Design-Builder
o Possible actions afterwards
o Design-Builder requests referee inspection (repeats steps 1 through 5 with another
inspection firm) Referee requests limited to 1 batch submission – cannot request referee
on a refereed inspection;
o Confirm replaced or repaired pipes required as a result of inspections
o Notify Design-Builder of additional inspections should initial inspection triggers indicate
non-satisfactory inspection results(repeats steps 1 through 6)
o Notify Design-Builder of more additional pipe inspections(all remaining pipes) should
additional inspection triggers indicate non-satisfactory inspection results(repeats steps 1
through 6)
o Forward to MTO the CA’s analysis of test/inspection results and acceptance analysis,
including consequences, associated with the culvert specifications in the Contract
Documents
4.2.15 Environmental
Compliance with the project environmental requirements as noted below are necessary to meet
the requirements of environmental statutory duty of environmental due diligence on behalf of the
Ministry, including but not restricted to, compliance with the ‘Class Environmental Assessment
for Provincial Transportation Facilities’ (2000). Environmental statutory duty is outlined in
Section 1.7.3 of the Class EA and environmental protection and monitoring requirements during
construction are outlined in Section 4.8 of the Class EA. The penalties for not demonstrating
environmental due diligence can be severe, including substantial monetary fines and jail terms.
Specific environmental requirements for administration, including monitoring the Design-

Builder’s day-to day operations, and considering any Design-Builder proposals, are provided
below. For the purpose of clarity in meeting these requirements or in completing the
Environmental Specialty Work-Plan if required, the environmental inspection tasks are detailed
23
in Part B of this Manual and the project environmental requirements for construction
administration are detailed below.
4.2.15.1 Environmental Requirements of Project-Specific Environmental

Assessment Process Documentation and Construction Contract
Documents
The CA shall review with the CSA all project specific Environmental Requirements.
The CA’s role is to ensure the Design-Builder meets all environmental requirements of the
Contract Documents including the Environmental Management PERF 1072 and shall strictly
apply the specified consequences during construction and at completion of the Work. In the
event of any non-conformances to the environmental requirements in the Contract Documents:
o The Design-Builder shall be notified of consequences and instructed to take appropriate

corrective actions;
o The Implementation of the corrective actions shall be confirmed; and
o Infraction Notices shall be issued in compliance with Ministry policy where corrective
measures are not implemented as instructed.
The CA is encouraged to consult any and all available environmental assessment process
documentation that is available for further information on the environmental provisions
contained in the Contract Documents and their purposes.
4.2.15.2 Project Environmental Protection / Mitigation / Compensation

Measures
The CA shall assess the effectiveness of project environmental protection, mitigation and
compensation measures as included in the Contract Documents to determine that:
o Protection / Mitigation / Compensation measures are:

– In place as required;
– Appropriate to the protection / mitigation / compensation required;
– Functioning properly and maintained as specified; and
– Removed where required at the end of construction.
o Operations, equipment and materials are:
– On-site where they are permitted;

– On-site when they are permitted; and
– Occurring and / or being used or applied as permitted.
4.2.15.3 Formal Environmental Approvals and Timing Constraints
The construction shall be monitored by the CA to determine compliance with project-specific

environmental permits / approvals (e.g. federal Navigable Waters Protection Act permits and
Fisheries Act authorizations).
24
4.2.15.4 Environmental Documentation Requirements
There are a number of environmental documentation requirements that the CA is responsible

for, that require completion and submission of the following, during or after construction:
o CA / Inspector’s Environmental Diary

o Detailed Specialty Reports (under Environmental Specialty Work Plan, if applicable)
o Class EA Process Monitoring Questionnaire for Contract Administration Staff’
“Summary of Environmental Concerns and Commitments” Table
The CA shall use the blank spaces provided in the ‘Summary of Environmental Concerns and
Commitments’ table, to document the Design-Builder’s compliance with the environmental
provisions of the Contract Documents as summarized in the table. This table shall be updated
on a regular basis, as this is a living document.
Upon construction completion, the completed Summary table, along with the ‘Environmental
Synopsis’ provided by the Design-Builder, will be used to report on how well environmental
assessment commitments were met through compliance with, and the effectiveness of, the
environmental provisions in the Contract Documents. As such, confirmation that this table has
been completed is part of the Contract Closing Process section of this Manual.
CA / Inspector’s Environmental Diary
A separate Environmental Diary shall be maintained to record the following:

o The Design-Builder’s compliance / conformance and non-compliance / non-conformance
with environmental timing constraints and action taken to address them, as well as
related communications with agencies;
o The Design-Builder’s environmental protection measures and their effectiveness,
including successes, deficiencies, instructions given and results of corrective actions
taken;
o Spills or other environmental incidents that the Design-Builder is responsible for,
including, but not restricted to details about when the incident took place, actions taken
or intended to be taken by the Design-Builder regarding the incident such as
containment of spills, notifications made to proper authorities, actions taken to clean up
and restore the environment to pre-incident conditions, investigations, charges, stop
work orders and remedial instructions by regulatory agencies, and environmental
complaints by the public. A copy of the Incident Notification Form (PH-CC-818) that the
Design-Builder is required to submit to the Ministry within 48 hours of the incident should
also be kept with these notes in the diary.
o The discovery of existing environmental conditions such as archaeological finds and
materials suspected of being contaminated including all relevant details as to what was
found and actions taken by the Design-Builder to notify the CA and/or the Ministry and
secure the site for investigation.
Class EA Process Monitoring Questionnaire for Contract Administration Staff
The information used to complete the ‘MTO Class EA Process Monitoring Questionnaire for
Construction Administration Staff’ shall be completed from, but not limited to: investigations /
charges, stop work orders, remedial instructions from regulatory agencies, and public
complaints as documented in the Environmental Diary. Two copies of the completed
25
questionnaire shall be provided to the Ministry including one that shall be submitted to the MTO
Environmental Planner for the project (see form for more details).
4.2.15.5 Environmental Notifications
The CA shall make the following Environmental Notifications to the Ministry immediately after
the Design-Builder notifies the CA.
o In the event that the Design-Builder notifies the CA in accordance with section GC
3.07.05 of the General Conditions of Contract, that it is suspected that an archaeological
find, such as building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones or other human
remains, pottery, or arrowheads has been encountered during construction, the CA shall
notify the CSA and the MTO Environmental Planner. At the direction of the CSA, the
Service Provider CA shall engage a licensed Archaeologist to visit the site to assess and
verify the find and determine a course of action. The Archaeologist on-site will also be
responsible for contacting other appropriate authorities, including the Police, Ministry of
Culture and the Ministry of Government Services, if they determine that human and/or
archaeological remains have been encountered.
o In the event that the Design-Builder notifies the CA in accordance with OPSS 180 that
materials suspected of being contaminated (e.g. stained or odorous soil, oily sheen on
water in an excavation) have been encountered during construction, the CA shall notify
the CSA and the MTO Environmental Planner. At the direction of the CSA, the Service
Provider CA shall engage an environmental specialist, who specializes in contaminated
property identification and management, visit the site to investigate and determine a
course of action. The environmental specialist will also be responsible for contacting
MOE as deemed necessary in consultation with MTO.
o In the event that the Design-Builder notifies the CA that a Species at Risk has been
encountered during construction in accordance with section GC 3.07.06 of the General
Conditions of Contract, the CA shall notify the CSA and the MTO Environmental
Planner. At the direction of the CSA, the Service Provider CA shall engage an
environmental specialist, who is qualified to identify Species at Risk, visit the site to
verify the species and determine a course of action. The environmental specialist will
also be responsible for contacting MNR as deemed necessary in consultation with MTO.
4.2.16 Traffic Management and Public Information Services
The CA shall check that all Traffic Management and Public Information Services and
Deliverables in the Contract Documents or required by law are complied with (including the
requirements of the Traffic and Mobility PERF 1077 and Information Management PERF 1075).
To determine compliance with the traffic control plan requirements of the Contract Documents
the CA shall:
Prior to work starting:

o Instruct the Design-Builder to provide a copy of their health and safety policy and
program, which includes the traffic control plan for the Contract, to the CA at the pre-
start meeting
o Assess the Design-Builder’s Traffic Control Plan, to check that all requirements of the
Contract Documents including, but not limited to, those in the Ontario Traffic Manual
(OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions, the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7
26
Temporary Conditions (Field Edition), the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any
specific traffic control requirements of the Contract Documents are complied with and
provide satisfactory levels of safety for workers and motorists;
During construction:
Monitor the traffic control measures implemented by the Design-Builder to determine that the
actual measures are consistent with those shown in the Traffic Control Plan and Contract
Documents, and that the measures provide satisfactory levels of safety for workers and
motorists.
The minimum frequency of this monitoring for the first 24-hour period any traffic control
measures are in place, shall be:
o Once during the period immediately following the installation of the measures;
o Once during the period one half hour before sun rise;
o Once during the day-light period;
o Once during the period one half hour after sun set; and
o Once during the night time (dark period).
The minimum frequency for this monitoring, after the initial 24-hours, shall be such that:
o At least two (2) of the above noted daytime periods are monitored each 24-hours, and;
o Each period has been monitored twice during the normal work week; and
o Each period has been monitored twice during the weekend period.
o Assess the effectiveness of the traffic control measures used by the Design-Builder,
during the first 24-hour monitoring periods each time a new traffic control set up is
placed or after any alteration to an existing set up, to determine that:
o The traffic control measures implemented by the Design-Builder are what is needed; in
place when needed; positioned where needed; and are working as required;
o Operations, equipment and materials are only where they are permitted;
occurring/operating/placed when they are permitted; and are doing what is permitted;
deficiencies are corrected when they are needed by using what is needed; and doing it
where it is needed;
o Notify the Design-Builder of any deficiencies identified in the traffic control measures,
instructing the Design-Builder to take appropriate corrective measures and confirming
and reporting the results of the corrective measures;
o Provide a copy of the Design-Builder’s traffic control signing diary, to the Ministry, on
each Monday or day following a holiday for the preceding week or more frequently if
requested by the Ministry;
o Check that Design-Builder’s site supervisor performs traffic control/lane closure
notifications including co-ordinating traffic management and public communications with
other roadway work in the vicinity of the project;
o Provide notification to local media and the Ministry of any potential traffic delays, and on
termination of the delay or associated activity, the CA is to immediately notify the Project
Lead of instances that involve fatalities or serious injuries;
o Maintain adequate Public Traffic Staging Records including review of proposed staging
plans sufficient to document and support all actions taken;
o Maintain adequate Public Notification Records sufficient to track all notifications;
27
o Providing a record of traffic accidents, public notifications and complaints that occur in
the work zone, in all cases, a copy of all documentation is to be provided to the Ministry
within the same Business Day as the traffic incident occurs;
o Videotape haul road conditions prior to use by the Design-Builder; and
o Perform all traffic control related tasks listed in the Contract Administration and
Inspection Task Manual.
o Monitor the Design-Builder’s operations for compliance with Ministry safety policies
concerning the provision of safe passage for the travelling public.
In all cases, any communication between the Design-Builder and/or the Contract Administration
staff and/or the Ministry shall be by verbal and written means, and a copy of all documentation
is to be provided to the Ministry within the same Business Day as the communication occurs.
4.2.17 MTO Roles
o CSA – approvals, mediation, check compliance with Contract Administration Agreement,

monitor CA’s performance and report to Operations office. Monitor service provider’s
conformance to the construction Contract Administration Agreement, provide procedural
information, and provide contact names for various offices in the region.
o Quality Assurance – advisors, information resources (including maintenance
coordinators and electrical coordinators), provides technical expertise to senior
Operations and Design-Builder field staff through the CSA.
o Project Leads – approvals, continuity of design and construction
4.2.18 Contract Administrator’s Performance Appraisal
o Review the Performance Evaluation form.

o Random checks to monitor CA’s performance and adherence to the agreement,
Services and Deliverables and records (select date for initial review).
o A Contract Payment and Records Assessment may be performed on payment records
and documentation after Contract Completion. When recommended in the CPRA
Report, the CA Appraisal will be reviewed for potential adjustment of the rating.
4.2.19 Well Investigations

The CA is to check the applicable reference documents (including Directive OPR-C-002
(21/05/2004), and to ensure that:
o Design-Builder reviews/adheres to the requirements in the Contract and the

environmental assessment process documentation.
o Design-Builder follows the “Guidelines For Drinking Well Water Sampling And Testing In
Ministry of Transportation Activities”.
4.2.20 Project Construction Report
o Maintain documentation during construction to assist in preparation of the project

construction report.
o Follow format of most current Head Office Construction Memorandum for Project
Construction Report
28
4.3 CONTRACT AWARD
Reference:
o Provincial Highways PHY-B-152 Commencement of Work by a Contractor
The “Designation of Construction Zone” Form shall be completed and submitted by the Project
Lead before the start of construction.
4.4 CONSTRUCTION PRE-START MEETING
The Construction Pre-Start meeting is held before the start of any construction work.
The Design-Builder shall chair the meeting and arrange for the minutes to be taken and
distributed. However, the CA shall ensure important items are discussed during the
meeting as per this guide. The agenda provided by the Design-Builder should be reviewed in
advance by the CA to ensure all appropriate items outlined in this guide are covered.
CONTRACT NO.: LOCATION:
DATE: PLACE:
The CA should ensure the following representatives have been invited by the Design-Builder:
NOTIFIED ATTENDANCE
ADMINISTRATIVE REPRESENTATIVES
Yes No Yes No
CSA
Construction Contract Administration Project Manager (if CA
by Service Provider)
Project Lead (Planning and Design Project Manager)
Project Lead (Operations, Area Contracts Engineer)
Head of Operational Services Representative (local patrol,
sign shop, electrical, etc.)
Ministry of Labour
Head, Regional Quality Assurance
Road User Safety
Regional Environmental Section
Regional Structural Section
Foundations Office
Regional Electrical Section
Regional Geotechnical Section
Regional Traffic Section
Regional Advanced Traffic Management Section
Ontario Provincial Police
29
Regional/Municipal Police
External Environmental Agencies (MOE, MNR, Conservation
Authority, DFO, etc.)
The following should be notified if applicable to the Work:
Emergency Services (Fire Response, Ambulance, etc.)
Local Traffic Authorities
Local Transit Authorities
Municipality Road Superintendent
Railway Representative
MTO Property Office (if limited interest, or other)
Health and Safety Representative
Regional Construction Administration Office (to be notified)

Utilities (Please identify)
Others (Please identify)
The following information should be obtained/reviewed through the meeting:
Administration and Staffing
A-1 Identify Design-Builder’s Site Representative and alternates with signing authority.
A-2 Identify the location of the Design-Builder’s field office and yard.
A-4 Identify the location of the CA’s field office.
A-5 Assemble the emergency 24-hour phone numbers: Ministry (CSA and Project Lead) and
the Design-Builder (minimum two (2) representatives). Copies of the emergency name, position
and phone numbers to be sent to the Regional Construction Office, O.P.P., Regional or
Municipal Police, MTO or AMC Patrol, Area Office and/or Radio Room/COMPASS Centre with
contract number and location.
Ministry of Labour
L-1 Address any concerns identified by the Ministry of Labour.
Road User Safety (RUS)
Discuss Weighing and Overloading Issues
D-1 Outline that the Design-Builder is responsible for any overloading that occurs on the
Contract, and that the Ministry RUS Section will monitor compliance.
D-2 Indicate that the CA will notify RUS when overloading is suspected.
30
D-3 Request the haul routes proposed by the Design-Builder and outline the Design-
Builder’s responsibilities (load limits, responsibilities of Design-Builder, local by-laws, etc.)
D-4 Address any concerns of Drivers & Vehicles
D-5 Discuss CVOR General Condition 7.06.01
Area/Regional Operations
O-1 Review and discuss concerns of Operations Office (maintenance)
Environmental
E-4 Ask the Design-Builder to identify any area that they plan to disturb outside the specified
limits of the Work (access, storage, disposal, work yard, etc.). Remind the Design-Builder that
the selection and use of any such areas must comply with Environmental laws as well as
environmental assessment and environmental permit / approval requirements / commitments.
E-5 Review the key environmental requirements of the Contract Documents. Advise the
Design-Builder that, with respect to statutory environmental requirements and prohibitions, they
are responsible for providing environmental protection measures that are required solely
because of the choices made by the Design-Builder with respect to construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures.
E-6 Remind the Design-Builder that applicable environmental forms in the Contract
Documents or provided by the CA must be completed and submitted to the CA with regard to
the following:
o Use of sites for disposal or storage of “disposable fill” (per OPSS 180);
o Shipment of hazardous waste (MOE Reg. 347 Waste Manifests);
o Use of air-cooled blast furnace slag as granular material;
o Incident Management Form to document spills and other environmental emergencies
(PH-CC-818): and
o Fisheries Act Authorization – Oversight, Monitoring and Documentation (MTO
SP199F58)
o Copy of applicable contract related permits (such as water taking)
E-7 Remind the Design-Builder that applicable environmental timing constraints must be
complied with as specified in the Design-Builder’s Environmental Plan, and the contract
specifications (including PERFs) and “Summary of Environmental Concerns and
Commitments” Table. The following list is a guide and the CA must review specifics to the
Contract Documents:
o Maximum time between removal of original vegetative surface cover and placement
of final cover;
o Timing requirements for replacement of straw bales in sediment barriers and flow
checks;
o Requirement to check that temporary erosion control measures are in effective
working order prior to forecast storm events and following a storm event;
o Fisheries timing constraints;
o Control of construction noise in noise sensitive areas;
31
o Migratory Birds Act / timing constraints and requirements for netting, if required
E-8 Request submission of any environmental drawings or plans that are required by the
Contract Documents, including Design-Builder proposals for dewatering procedures or in water
work. Explain the review process and the time required for any approvals.
E-9 Identify the designated inspector who will monitor environmental protection/ mitigation
and maintain an environmental diary.
E-10 Obtain Design-Builder’s contact names, positions and telephone numbers for the
following:
o The Design-Builder staff to be notified for follow-up of any environmental
accidents/incidents/problems both during the Work and during periodic/ seasonal shut-
downs;
o The Design-Builder staff person ultimately responsible for meeting statutory
environmental duty in the event that regulatory agencies wish to pursue any problems:
and
o If required by the Contract, the name and firm of the qualified Fisheries Contracts
Specialist.
E-11 Identify the requirements of the MTO General Conditions of Contract with respect to
Incident Management Under Legislation Protecting the Environment and Natural Resources.
Traffic
T-1 Review the Design-Builder’s responsibilities with respect to traffic, staging, detours,
traffic control, maintenance of traffic, signing as per Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7
Temporary Conditions, Freeway Detour Signing Guidelines, safety precautions, and special
provisions (e.g. Traffic and Mobility Management PERF 1077, Traffic Control Signing, Hours for
Lane Closures, Maintenance of a Traffic Control Diary, etc.).
T-2 Review PHM125 Drawings.
T-3 The Design-Builder team shall have performed bridge clearance verification during the
development of its design. The specified minimum clearances (horizontal and vertical; protocol
for advising about clearances) must be maintained in accordance with the Contract Documents,
including the Design-Builder’s Issued for Construction Drawings. Any vertical clearance of less
than 4.5m must have been identified by the Design-Builder during the design and the Regional
Structural Section and RUS and Manager of Regional Operations notified. The Pre-construction
bridge clearances for each lane and for shoulders must be verified by the CA, shared with the
Design-Builder and forwarded to Regional Structural Section prior to Construction. The Design-
Builder must provide an opportunity for the CA to obtain the verification measurements.
T-4 Make the Design-Builder aware of their duties with respect to construction and traffic
safety, and to abide by the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
T-5 Review with the Design-Builder any reduced speed zones to be in effect (if applicable)
and confirm submission of required documentation;
T-6 Review the concerns of any other interested agencies.
32
T-7 Facilitate the advance notification of closures, detours, etc. to be provided to emergency
services, municipalities, transit authorities, etc.
Quality Assurance
QA-1 Discuss the requirements for properly managing non-conformances to QC Performance

Measures and the consequences of major and minor deviations.
QA-2 (Pre-paving meeting)
QA-3 (Pre-placing meeting for concrete)
QA-4 Advise the Design-Builder that all structures are to be inspected by the Regional
Structural Section a minimum of three (3) weeks prior to opening to traffic, with the exact time
determined by construction field staff with the Design-Builder’s assistance.
QA-5 Advise the Design-Builder the name and location of the QA lab including the applicable
advance notification of sample delivery (e.g. 24 hrs)
Structural / Foundations
S/F-1 N/A
S/F-2 Check on Regional Structural Office requirement for notification of oversize load
restrictions through structures including clearance restrictions (Form OSCLIS.xls in applicable
regions).
S/F-3 Discuss schedule of off-site inspections for structural components.
Geotechnical
GT-1 N/A.
GT-2 N/A
GT-3 Advise the Design-Builder of legislative responsibilities and Ministry process for
operating non-commercial pits and quarries.
GT-4 Review disposal areas to confirm volumes and environmental suitability.
General
G-1 Submissions required from the Design-Builder:

o Sub-Contractor’s forms: Consent to Sublet (PH-CC-742);
o Design-Builder’s work schedule and weekly work schedules, or acknowledgement of
critical path schedule in writing;
o List of material sources for all materials supplied by the Design-Builder, including
suppliers for concrete, hot-mix, granular materials and manufactured products, including
approved Designated Sources for Material (DSM) references;
33
o Current Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) documentation

and Material Safety Data Sheets for designated materials must be submitted to the CA
prior to the commencement of construction;
o Samples for testing in appropriate containers affixed with complete and accurate
identification labels and WHMIS labels. Check that labelling and placarding of goods
under the Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act is carried out;
o Concrete and Asphalt mix designs including supporting documentation, to be reviewed
as per the Contract Documents(CA’s review is different in PERFs: verify that all
elements listed in the submission requirements are provided, not an approval);
o Permits required (pit or quarry permits for aggregates and borrow, environmental
permits/approvals, forest resources licence prior to harvesting trees within a crown land
pit or quarry boundary);
o Other submissions required by the terms of the Contract Documents.
G-2 Review by Design-Builder of Design-Builder’s design package (Issued for Construction

Drawings, special provisions, specifications, etc.):discuss any provisions, unique problems,
Ministry commitments and constraints to the Contract;
o Instructions from the CA must be adhered to in all cases. Disregarding verbal instruction
will result in written notices, and could ultimately result in an Infraction Report being
issued.
G-3 Remind the Design-Builder that contract layout is to be done by the Design-Builder. The
Design-Builder team shall, in conjunction with the CA:
o Review requirements of special provisions and any new initiatives;
o The Design-Builder shall have verified of the location and number of co-ordinate bars,
benchmarks and alignment ties during the design phase. (Hand over horizontal and
vertical control sheets must have been produced). The CA must request any Pre-
engineering survey data that was developed by the Design-Builder;
o Review requirements for submission of Record Drawings data and drawings (red-line
revisions) for the Contract. Digital files for contract drawings should be
generated/available by the Design-Builder for this purpose; Replacement of layout
(property bars, benchmarks, etc.) destroyed by the Design-Builder will be the
responsibility of the Design-Builder;
o Review milestone field review requirements and submission procedures;
o Remind the Design-Builder of their responsibility to carry out a pre-blast survey.
G-4 Utility Work (Special Provisions)

o Remind that the Design-Builder is responsible for obtaining stake-out of existing
Utilities;
o Remind the Design-Builder to provide proper notification to Utilities, in advance of any
Work affecting their plant;
o Remind the Design-Builder to abide by the O.H.S.A. (Constructor Issue);
o Review compliance with Operational Constraints relating to Utilities.
o For excavation and construction near pipelines, co-ordinate, communicate and consult
with the High Pressure Gas Utility company.
G-5 Property
o Remind the Design-Builder to review any property restrictions, expropriations,
easements, clearances or restrictions, and Permission to Enter agreements. Review the
terms of each property agreement (if applicable).
34
G-6 Railways
o Receive proper notification from the Design-Builder in order to make arrangements with
railway officials;
o Confirm that appropriate insurance requirements are in place as per special provisions
or the railway requirements;
o Check that the Design-Builder advises the railway authority when working within the
railway right-of-way.
G-7 Contract Meetings

o To be held at regular intervals, determine schedule.
G-8 Correspondence
o All Contract correspondence must flow through the CA.
G-9 Changes in the Work

o Check that the Design-Builder advises of any change in the Work under the terms of the
Contract Documents. The Design-Builder is not required to proceed with the change in
the Work until a Change Order has been issued. The Change Order will establish the
method of payment. Utilize the appropriate method of payment for Design-Build contract
as per the General Conditions in the Contract. The following methods should be used
as method of payment when possible:
– Revised tender prices, or by negotiated unit price (for a new item)

– Lump sum;
– Time and Material
a) Equipment rates will be as per OPSS 127 unless otherwise approved by the
Project Lead. The Design-Builder shall supply an equipment list with sufficient
detail to establish 127 rates;
b) No labour premium payment (e.g. overtime, shift premium) will be made without
prior approval of the CSA/ACE (Construction Project Lead);
c) Time and Material Summary For Payment, and all supporting invoices, etc. are to
be forwarded to the CA for verification prior to invoicing for payment.
o The Design-Builder may apply for an extension of time in accordance with the MTO
General Conditions of Contract regardless of the method of payment.
G-10 Work Directive

Discuss process for issuing a Work Directive when there is a dispute as to whether a Change
Order should be issued.
G-11 Progress Payments

Discuss and confirm the payment process and approach.
G-12 Damage to Permanent or Temporary Installations

Review MTO Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-102. Advise the Design-Builder of the
safety and legal aspects of installations.
G-13 Claims by Motorists, Property Owners, etc.

Advise that all claims during the construction period will be forwarded to the Design-Builder.
35
G-14 During the construction season the Design-Builder is responsible for maintenance of the
highway infrastructure within the construction zone as per the General Conditions of Contract.
Form PH-CC-771 Turnover Agreement shall be filled out in order to transfer the responsibility. A
minimum of 5 Business Days prior to anticipated transfer date the CA, Design-Builder and
representative of MTO maintenance shall perform a pre-turnover field inspection. The pre-
turnover field inspection shall identify deficiencies within the right-of-way and timeframe for
correction.
Note: The transfer of the Roadway maintenance does not relieve the Design-Builder from the
responsibility of the Work he has performed. The Contract may require the Design-Builder to
perform routine and non-routine maintenance activities on electrical systems (i.e. traffic signals
and highway lighting) during a shutdown
G-15 Substantial Performance and Contract Completion

Review MTO General Conditions of Contract. The Design-Builder shall provide notice to the CA
at substantial performance.
G-16 Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating Report

• Review the process for compiling the report and the impacts of assessments.
• Determine what work is to be performed under OPSS and what work is to be
performed under PERF specifications.
• Determine with Design-Builder the percentage split for appropriate rating
categories (ie OPSS work and PERF work percentage weightings).
• Form B’s review process.
G-17 N/A
G-18 Infraction Report

Discuss current process for issuing and receiving an Infraction Report with emphasis on
impacts.
G-19 Documents to be provided to the Design-Builder by the CA, when not published on
Ministry’s website (including standard forms related to the contract).
4.5 NOTIFICATIONS
4.5.1 Notifications Prior to Construction
Before construction begins, the Design-Builder shall give written notice to all property owners
and businesses within the limits of the Contract. The notice shall indicate that construction is
about to begin and should identify the Design-Builder, the Design-Builder’s representative and a
telephone number, a general description of the work, the anticipated completion date, and the
name and office telephone number of the CA.
The Design-Builder shall keep all appropriate agencies apprised of any construction activity
that may have an impact on their daily operations, with copy to the CA, including:
– Schools – Utilities
– O.P.P. – Municipal/Regional Police Forces
– Fire – Ambulance
– Transit Authorities – Municipalities
36
– Maintenance Patrols/Operations – Ministry of Natural Resources

– Department of Fisheries and Oceans – Conservation Authority
– Others as required
4.5.2 Notifications During Construction
Applicable notifications are to be provided by the Design-Builder to the CA as per Regional

protocols, requirements of the Contract Documents, or as requested by the Ministry including
traffic and lane closure reports / notifications, and any information required for weekly updates
for Travellers website (in order to assist travelling through construction zone).
4.5.3 Traffic Control / Lane Closure Notification
References:
o Design-Builder’s traffic control and management plan, and design details;
o Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions
o NSSP – Traffic Control Signing
o Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions (Field Edition)
o Regional Protocols for lane and ramp closure notification
o Regional Protocols for OSCLIS (Ontario Structural Clearance and Load Information
System)
The Design-Builder shall ensure, and the CA shall check, that the Design-Builder maintains and
updates a Traffic Signing Diary as required. The CA shall check that all traffic control, staging,
detours and lane closures by the Design-Builder follow Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7
Temporary Conditions and the Design-Builder’s design and traffic control and management
plan.
The Design-Builder shall ensure, and CA shall check, that appropriate Traffic Control Lane
Closure Notifications are submitted in accordance with Regional Protocols, whenever lane
restrictions will be in place either on a permanent or temporary basis.
4.6 CONTRACT MEETINGS
The CA shall be in attendance at all Contract meetings.
The Design-Builder shall arrange, conduct and attend Contract meetings. The Project Team
shall determine the appropriate frequency of progress meetings, as well as what “Special
Meetings” may be required, during development of the Request for Proposal. The frequency
and meeting types are specified in the RFP. The frequency of meetings held should take into
consideration the complexity of the project while also keeping in mind the Design-Builder has
sole responsibility for the design.
The Design-Builder is required to provide a meeting agenda five Business Days in advance of
the meeting and forward copies to all meeting invitees, including the CA, CSA and Project Lead.
The agenda/content of all meetings should be carefully reviewed by the CA, and revisions sent
to the Design-Builder as necessary, to ensure it is appropriate to the Design-Build contract
model and the Contract Documents. The Project Management Best Practices provides a good
37
overview of meetings and should be used as a reference for the CA to determine the
appropriateness of the content of progress meetings in addition to the details provided below.
4.6.1 Contract Progress Meetings
CACSA
In general, the following items should be discussed at all progress meetings:
o Review the minutes of the previous meeting

o MTO or Design-Builder concerns, which have not been resolved on a day-to-day basis
o Safety and environmental issues
o Adherence to the Quality Control performance measures (non-conformances,
deviations)
o Quality Assurance issues
o Project status to date / planned activities / critical path updates
o Review the Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating report, Form B’s.
o Claims/change orders/negotiations
o Safety-traffic control/accidents/MOL concerns/OPP
o New business/Design-Builder issues/Ministry issues
The minutes of meetings are an important contract document. It should be strongly

recommended the Design-Builder seek agreement with the minute records and include a
statement at the start of each meeting that the contents and wording of the previous minutes of
meeting be accepted as written. Any amendments (i.e. errors, omissions and additional
comments) are to be noted. If there are discussions pertaining to items in the previous minutes,
these are to be discussed under “New Business” with reference to the previous minutes’
number, e.g. Item No. 2, Site Meeting No. 6, Date.
The minutes should also include the following information:
o Meeting Number #
o Contract Number
o “Action By” column (beside each item)
o Date/Time and Location of the meeting
o Invited Guests / In Attendance or not
o Name of the person chairing the meeting
o Time that the meeting adjourned
o Date / Time and Location of the next meeting to be held
o Name of the person compiling the minutes
o Cc all present / copy to file
4.6.2 Special Meetings
o Traffic meetings to discuss major changes in operations (staging, detours, night

closures, etc.) are to be held prior to any change.
o Pre Soils Meeting to discuss any unique requirements for use of earth materials. Also
clarify disposal and erosion and sediment control requirements.
38
o It may be beneficial to hold a separate Pre-Work Environmental Meeting with MNR

and/or DFO, the Environmental Planner, and the CCA Environmental Monitor for any in-
water, or de-watering work in the project.
o Any other meetings that are deemed necessary such as Emergency Services and
Seasonal Shutdown shall be held and minutes taken and distributed.
o Post Construction Meeting (lessons learned) should be organized and chaired by the
Design-Builder; MTO Project Leads, the CSA and CA shall be in attendance.
o Pre-Placement Meeting for Concrete (see below)
o Pre-Paving Meeting (see below)
o Pre-Work Meeting for Electrical (see below)
4.6.2.1 Pre-Placement Meeting for Concrete
At the pre-start meeting, SP DB 1350 or applicable specifications included in the Contract

Documents should be reviewed and requirements for acceptance testing should be
determined (including lot and sub-lot size per each concrete class).
Pre-placement meetings are good industry practice. It is recommended to hold one prior to
any significant concrete operation on the Contract.
The purpose of this meeting is to review Design-Builder’s quality control management plan
related to concrete work, and placement details prior to the concrete placement event.
The minutes of this meeting are to be recorded and documented with copies to all invitees,
(with copies to the CA and CSA, as a minimum).
Topics:
o Review of quality control performance measures. Establish persons in charge from

the Design-Builder’s QC team
o Date and time of placement
o Review status of falsework and foundation certification, and dry run
o Expected duration of placement Concrete mix details and supply; back up plant
o Testing procedures including acceptance/rejection of loads
o Curing of cylinders
o Retarders, super plasticizer when included in the design by the Design-Builder
o Weather forecast
o Hot/Cold weather protection/precautions: Status of Design-Builder’s submissions
o Surface finishing requirements in specifications
o Curing requirements as per specifications
o Review requirements for post-placement sampling and testing as per Contract
Documents
o For bridge decks: discuss plan, dry run, locations of possible construction joints if
unforeseen issues arise (Design-Builder’s team to determine this location).
o General
39
4.6.2.2 Pre-Paving Meeting
At the pre-start meeting, the Asphalt Pavement PERFs and/or applicable specifications
included in the Contract should be reviewed. Also, consequences for non-conformances
and requirements for acceptance testing should be reviewed.
A pre-paving meeting is good practice and it is recommended prior to any significant paving
operations on the Contract. The lot testing and acceptance procedures should be
established and reviewed with the Design-Builder.
The purpose of Pre-Paving meeting is to review the specifications in the Contract and to
address issues identified leading to the significant paving production. The minutes of this
meeting are to be recorded and documented with copies to all invitees, (copies to the CA
and CSA, as a minimum).
Topics:
o Review status of all mix design submissions

o Review of specifications in the Contract
o Review of quality control performance measures
o Review plans, Traffic Control, Scheduling, etc.
o Request that all paperwork is in order prior to commencement
o Review sketch of sublots to be measured by PMD, areas to be exempt from surface
smoothness measurements/penalties and all other additional measurements
required (e.g. existing surface beneath single lifts)
o Discuss Design-Builder’s duties to facilitate smoothness measurements
o Discuss any new technologies that may be used on Contract.
4.6.2.3 Pre-work Meeting for Electrical
At the pre-start meeting, applicable electrical specifications included in the Contract should
be reviewed, with careful attention to the requirements associated with signal activation and
PHM 125 (which must have been transferred by the Design-Builder to the Issued for
Construction drawings)
Depending on contract size and amount of electrical installations, a pre-work electrical

meeting is recommended prior to any significant electrical operations on the Contract.
A pre-start meeting shall be arranged prior to the installation of any electrical material or
equipment on the Contract.
The purpose of this meeting is to review construction and maintenance requirements for the
new and existing electrical plant.
The minutes of the meeting are to be recorded and documented with copies to all in
attendance (copies to CA, CSA and MTO Electrical Coordinator, as a minimum).
40
Topics:
o Review all applicable specifications in the Contract

o Review Contract Document requirements for the Design-Builder to maintain existing
electrical systems
o Review condition of existing electrical plant
o Review coordination needs with MTO electrical coordinators, local municipalities and
power supply authorities
o Review locates and clearances (overhead and underground), and methods to warn
sub-contractors, equipment operators. Consequences if lines are hit by the Design-
Builder)
o Signal Activation Contract Document requirements and PHM 125
For scheduling resources, the CA and MTO electrical staff shall be notified of the start of
the electrical work, and thereafter shall be notified as soon as possible on any changes
to the schedule of electrical work.
4.6.3 Pre-Seasonal Shutdown / Final Inspection Meeting
The CA shall organize and chair the Pre-Seasonal Shutdown/Final Inspection Meeting.
Topics:
o Review the Ministry’s protocol concerning the “Seasonal Shutdown and Working in Free
Time” period, depending on the requirements of the Contract Documents.
o Review the Design-Builder’s updated Critical Path Schedule at each Pre-Seasonal
Shutdown Meeting, which must identify what work will be completed to allow the safe
passage of the travelling public during the seasonal shutdown.
o Review the applicable portions of the construction season shutdown period checklist
(Note to CA: if there are any outstanding issues, this is an appropriate time to address
them.)
o Review the applicable “seasonal shutdown period” requirements in the Contract
Documents
o Review and discuss any concerns of Operations/Maintenance that should be added to
this agenda and provide to the Design-Builder to be sent out to all invitees prior to the
scheduled meeting.
o Review traffic staging revision submission and approval requirements.
o Request any haul routes proposed by the Design-Builder during this period are reviewed
by the CA noting load limits and local by-laws may differ from Design-Builder’s design
assumptions.
o Review the Design-Builder’s responsibilities with respect to traffic, staging, detours,
traffic control, maintenance of traffic, signing as per Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book
7 Temporary Conditions, Freeway Detour Signing Guidelines, safety precautions, and
Contract Documents(e.g. PERFs, Traffic Control Signing, Hours for Lane Closures,
Maintenance of a Traffic Control Diary, etc.).
o The specified minimum clearances (horizontal and vertical; protocol for advising about
clearances) must be maintained in accordance with the Issued for Construction drawings
and Contract Documents.
o Review the Design-Builder duties with respect to construction and traffic safety.
41
o Remind the Design-Builder of any reduced speed zones to be in effect (if applicable).
o Review the concerns of any other interested agencies.
o Facilitate the advance notification of closures, detours, etc. to be provided to emergency
services, municipalities, transit authorities, etc.
o Damage to Permanent or Temporary Installations
o Review MTO Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-102. Advise the Design-Builder of
the safety and legal aspects of installations.
o All claims by Motorists, Property Owners, etc during the construction period must be
brought to the attention of the CA.
o Substantial Performance and Contract Completion:
− Review the General Conditions of Contract. Two weeks advance notice for final
inspection should be provided to the CA in writing.
o Remind the Design-Builder that applicable environmental timing constraints must be
complied with, as follows:
– Obtain Design-Builder’s contact names, positions and telephone numbers
– The Design-Builder staff to be notified for follow-up of any environmental
accidents/incidents/problems both during the Work and during periodic/ seasonal
shutdowns.
– Facilitate the advance notification of closures, detours, etc. to be provided to
emergency services, municipalities, transit authorities, etc.
o Advise the Design-Builder that all structures are to be inspected by the Regional
Structural Section prior to opening to traffic, with the exact time determined by the CA
with the Design-Builder’s assistance: coordination is needed between the CA and
Design-Builder to organize the inspection so that it happens a minimum of three (3)
weeks prior to opening to traffic, therefore, the structural office will need to be kept
informed about status of work.
o Discuss the responsibility of the Design-Builder concerning proposed staging changes
etc
o Remind the Design-Builder about adhering to the submission of updated Critical Path
Schedules (GC 7.01.07)
o Remind everyone that all contract correspondence must flow through the CA.
o Anything unusual in this project, which should be covered by additional clarification.
o Does the staging comply with the seasonal shutdown requirements listed in the Contract
Documents?
o Review staging approach to ensure conformance with the Contract Documents
(including the applicable seasonal shutdown typical cross etc.) and considerthe
applicable construction and maintenance related concerns such as:
– MH and CB’s be reset to shut down pavement elevations
– Provisions for drainage must be made
– During the seasonal shut down/working in free-time period all lanes must be restored
to Contract Document requirements
– Address all pavement markings (temporary and permanent) including appropriate
obliteration
– Address temporary and permanent signals etc. (if applicable)
– Can the Work be constructed with the staging provided
– Have all the safety-related components been addressed (such as TCB, SBGR)
– Address all structure-related issues
– Does the proposal/shutdown plan incorporate the turnarounds for emergency
vehicles
o Develop a static deficiency list, which incorporates any seasonal shutdown related
situations/problems, which will be reviewed at all pre-seasonal shutdown meetings
42
(noting by the time the scheduled shutdown nears all deficiencies must be established
by the various offices involved in order for the CA team to administrate an orderly and
timely turnover.)
o Can all structural lanes be restored prior to seasonal shutdown.
o Notification of winter work to applicable media-related (such as the Regional Radio etc.)
o Discuss the Design-Builder’s intentions concerning Seasonal Shutdown and Free Time
work.
o Discuss the removal of construction signs (if applicable)
o Prior to the scheduled shut down/working in free time each section submit their static list
of deficiencies and concerns: (noting the Design-Builder is always encouraged to work in
free time or accelerate, when allowed in the Contract, which can end up in a stage that
may not accommodate the minimum winter configurations. The CA must bring this type
of situation to the attention of the CSA well in advance of the scheduled shutdown date.)
o Prior to any turnover (whether a “seasonal shut down” for a carry over or a “final
inspection” for Contract Completion ) the CA must notify the applicable Ministry
representatives (including a drive through with the CSA/Design-Builder/CA/ operations
representatives)
o Has a final inspection type meeting been held with the construction / maintenance
Design-Builder/operations/ACE/CSA prior to the actual turn over or opening of the road/
lane etc. (whether final inspection or seasonal shut down) checking that everyone’s
concerns have been addressed each Section /Department should inspect the contract
and submit a “static list” within two Business Days to the CA
o Has the Turnover Agreement form ( PH-CC-771) been sent to the appropriate MTO
offices for Ministry accepting responsibility for the road (at the Contract
Completion/winter shutdown or spring start up)
o Have all work zone accesses being addressed?
o Any constructor or Utility issues?
o Have MTO operational offices representatives reviewed their specific interests?
o Review the Design-Builder’s traffic control and workers protection plan to check that they
are up to date reflecting any necessary changes to address the seasonal shutdown or
working in free time period.
o Has a contingency plan been developed to address unexpected situations (such as an
early snow fall or winter)?
4.7 COMPLETION DATE
References:
o MTO General Conditions of Contract
o Provincial Construction Memorandum PCM #2007-02
The CA shall become familiar with and administer the Contract Document requirements
regarding contract completion dates, and liquidated damages, if applicable. These
requirements should be reviewed during the Pre-Start Meeting.
The Design-Builder must request an Extension of Time in accordance with the MTO General
Conditions of Contract. The CA shall receive and evaluate the Design-Builder’s requests for
extension of time, and provide a comprehensive written report with recommendations to the
Ministry (within an agreed upon time frame). The request and Design-Builder recommendations
shall be reviewed with the CSA. The MTO Regional Operations Office will grant approval or
disapproval of Design-Builder requests for extension of time. When the Design-Builder has
submitted PH-CC-775 Extension of Time Request and Approval or PH-CC-750 Request for
43
Clarification disagreeing with the response to an extension of time request, the amount of
liquidated damages shall be calculated but not deducted. The MTO Regional Operations Office
will advise the CA of the outcome and instructions for application of damages when applicable.
4.8 EXPENDITURE CONTROL
The CA shall use the Construction Administration System (CAS) supplied by the Ministry of
Transportation for the production and tracking of change orders.
The CA will be responsible for submitting a hard copy of an accurate expenditure forecast on a
monthly basis along with the recommended Progress Payment. All changes shall be listed and
an accurate detailed explanation is required for each change. The CAS database must be
submitted at the same time electronically to the Regional Operations Office.
The Contract Information Form in CAS must be updated monthly to include an updated contract
completion date, all estimated expenditures for the current fiscal year (April 1st – March 31st) as
well as carryover expenditures for the next fiscal year (if any).
4.9 ROCK ADMINISTRATION
Administration of rock excavation and embankment construction shall be as per the Contract
Documents. Depending on the specific Contract Document requirements, the CSA shall ensure
that Contract Administration Agreement contains appropriately specified sub-plan, qualified
survey staff and level to perform the quality assurance and audit checks required to protect the
Ministry’s interests.
4.10 COMMISSIONING OF HIGHWAYS PRIOR TO OPENING
o The Project Lead and CAshall be familiar with the current protocol for Commissioning
new sections of Highway prior to opening.
o Provide notification to the CSA and ensure that all items on the Commissioning
Checklist are completed in accordance with the Ministry’s latest guidelines.
4.11 DOCUMENTATION
4.11.1 Documentation of Contract Activities
Design-Build projects generally generate a lot less paperwork: more specifically, there are no, or
minimal, weight tickets or measurements to support payment. However, the CA and technical
support staff shall provide sufficient documentation of all contract activities. It is essential that
an accurate and detailed description of contract operations be maintained to assist in the
preparation of the final documentation package, and in dealing with claims and Change Orders.
4.11.1.1 CA’s Diary
The CA’s Diary shall be properly titled, noting the Contract Number, the Region, and the
Location. The name and address of the CA keeping the Diary shall be placed on the personnel
page, as well as a complete listing of all personnel assigned to the Contract.
Daily entries must be made in the CA’s Diary by the CA or his representative in his absence.
44
The minimum documentation requirements are as follows:
o Index (for any significant issues, claims, etc.)

o Date
o Weather conditions; recording frequency should increase when conditions are near
critical thresholds (i.e. low temperature, precipitation)
o General progress of the work, especially at the beginning and ending of important
phases, and an account of any difficulties encountered by the Design-Builder including
achievement of milestones and whether notification was made to the CSA or Project
Lead
o Record of labour, materials, equipment, activity and location whenever there is the
potential for a change in the Contract or the Design-Builder has raised the potential for a
change in the Contract.
o Monitor if controlling operation is maintained as per the Design-Builder’s Critical Path
and discuss changes with Design-Builder.
o Design-Builder’s claims or complaints
o Verbal and written instructions given to the Design-Builder
o Record of events that could have an effect on the Design-Builder’s production and
possibly require shut down on the Design-Builder’s part
o Any significant event that occurs on the Contract and an assessment of the potential
impacts
o Dates of the relocation of Utilities and all pertinent data regarding the effects such
relocation has on the Design-Builder’s use of equipment
o All discussions, complaints, concerns, etc. or dealings with property owners (e.g. date of
physical acquisition of property)
o All discussions or dealings with municipalities, other ministries, Utilities, third parties,
etc.
o Record of any grade or alignment changes together with the rationale for and
acceptance of the change
o Deviations from plans, profiles, specifications, special provisions along with the rationale
for acceptance of the change
o Any decisions or recommendations made by MTO officials must be recorded, including
the date, subject, decisions and final results. A copy of this record shall be promptly
sent to the CSA for information and / or for forwarding to appropriate individuals
o Irregularities in any item during construction
o Any changes in the work, including additions and deletions, identification of the
compensation mechanism, including references and appropriate justification
o Reference to Change Orders
o Data required for reconciliation of Daily Work Records
o Record all accidents within the Contract limits, and on operations connected with the
Contract (i.e. set up of closures or traffic queues resulting from closures, etc.)
o Maintain a record of environmental incidents, including, but not restricted to when the
incident took place, actions taken or intended to be taken by the Design-Builder
regarding the incident such as containment of spills, notifications made to proper
authorities, actions taken to clean up and restore the environment to pre-incident
conditions, investigations, charges, stop work orders and remedial instructions by
regulatory agencies, environmental complaints by the public.
o The condition of haul roads before and after construction, including appropriate
documentation (i.e. photographs)
o Explanations for incompleteness of any field records
45
o Record of non-compliance / non-conformance with environmental timing constraints and

action taken to address, and communications with MTO and agencies
o Record of non-compliance / non-conformance with any Performance Specification and
action taken to address, and resulting communications with MTO and agencies
o Report Information shall be recorded in the Diary for the preparation of the Project
Construction Report. All peculiarities as they occur such as design and construction
problems, and their solutions, quality assurance problems, etc. must be documented
4.11.1.2 Inspector’s Diary
The Inspector shall maintain accurate and detailed description of contract operations relative to
the Design-Builder’s activities for work governed by OPS specifications.
Design-Builder’s activities will be recorded in the Inspector’s Diary by actual times when CA
staff are present and by the best practical estimate of times when CA staff are not present, (i.e.
the estimated times will be based on the Design-Builder’s statements or a realistic appraisal of
production rates, etc). Any abnormalities or explanations will be noted in the remarks column of
the records.
A separate Inspector’s Diary must be kept for Grade, Structures, Bituminous, Electrical,
Environmental, and other items in consultation with the Project Lead.
The Inspector’s attendance time on the operation will be recorded above his signature.
The minimum documentation requirements are as follows:
o The Inspector’s Diary shall be titled noting the Region, Contract Number, Highway
Number and Location, and the name of the Design-Builder
o Date
o Weather conditions; recording frequency should increase when conditions are near
critical thresholds (i.e. low temperature, precipitation)
o Design-Builder’s hours of work
o General progress of the work,where the Design-Builder is working and what he is doing,
especially at the beginning and ending of important phases, and an account of any
difficulties encountered by the Design-Builder including achievement of milestones
o Record of labour, materials, equipment, activity and location whenever there is the
potential for a change in the Contract or the Design-Builder has raised the potential for a
change in the Contract.
o Separate Time and Materials Records are maintained in the case of a Change Order,
Additional Work or Claim situation
o Visits to the contract of MTO officials, and any specific instructions they may have given.
o Instructions given to the Design-Builder
o Design-Builder’s claims or complaints
o All discussions and dealings with property owners
o Work performed on the contract by public Utilities, noting start and completion of the
work
o Stoppage of work by the Design-Builder for any reasons with full description of why
contract was shut down
o Maintain a record of incidents including but not restricted to when the incident took
place, actions taken or intended to be taken by the Design-Builder regarding the incident
such as containment of spills, notifications made to proper authorities, actions taken to
46
clean up and restore the environment to pre-incident conditions, investigations, charges,

stop work orders and remedial instructions by regulatory agencies, environmental
complaints by the public
o Record of non-compliance / non-conformance with environmental timing constraints and
action taken to address, and communications with MTO and agencies
o Inspection activities and verification results
4.11.1.3 Diaries (CA and Inspector’s) Submissions
Diaries (CA and Inspector’s) must be hardbound books with numbered pages. There shall be
duplicate, perforated and carbonized pages for daily entries to allow for easy removal of a copy
for distribution.
The original copy of the diaries must be submitted to the CA’s Field Office on a daily basis, and
forwarded to the CSA on a weekly basis. The second (bound) hard copy of the diary sheets
shall be kept at the CA’s Field Office for submission with the Final Record Documents. The CA
shall also retain a third hard copy of the diary sheets in a secure, separate location.
4.11.1.4 Documentation of Service Provider CA Activities
On a daily basis, the CA shall make available to the Ministry, sufficient documentation to
determine that they are satisfying their obligations under the Construction Administration
Agreement and the Design-Build Contract Administration Manual requirements. Inspection
tasks and time spent on each should be referenced in the Inspector’s Diaries.
4.11.1.5 Documentation/Certification
Documentation requirements related to inspection have not been specifically identified within
the individual tasks in Part B of this manual. It is the responsibility of the CA to require that all
documentation specified by the Contract Documents is available or has been received and/or
approved at the time and in the specified manner. These documents include but are not limited
to the following:
o Certificates of component
o Certificate of conformance
o Stamped drawings
o Proposals
o Material certificates and material data sheets
o Facilities and personnel certificates
o Electrical service manuals
o Proposed Aggregate Permit / Wayside Permit Applications
4.11.2 Instruction Notice to Design-Builder
Instruction Notices to the Design-Builder shall be issued to document concerns and deviations
or non-conformances, clarify requirements of the Contract, communicate information, and
transmit documentation. Instruction Notices shall be signed by the CA and the Design-Builder
to acknowledge receipt of the Notice. Examples for the use of Instruction Notices to the Design-
Builder include, but are not limited to, the following:
47
o Changes in the Work

o Acknowledge receipt of complete submission (Complete means thatit has all the
elements listed in the specification). The CA does not approve Design-Builder’s design
submissions unless related to remedial work or Change proposals, and as specified in
the Contract Documents.
o Transmittal of documents
o Safety issues
o Non-conformance to the Contract Documents
o Warnings
o Suspension of work, stop work order issued by MTO or its agents
o Specific Instructions from the Ministry
4.11.3 Design-Builder’s Infraction Report
Reference:
o Procedures for Processing the Design-Builder’s Infraction Report
The CA shall prepare the Design-Builder’s Warning of Infraction Report/Infraction Report upon
discussion with the CSA and Project Lead, and shall attach appropriate documentation. The
completed Warning of Infraction Report/Infraction Report shall be forwarded to the CSA. The
Project Lead shall attend any meetings with the Design-Builder to discuss the issuance of the
Warning of Infraction Report or the Infraction Report.
4.12 CHANGES
References:
o MTO DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY FRAMEWORK (DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY
for the MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION)
o Construction Change Order Manual
4.12.1 Change Orders
All information on Change Orders can now be found in the Construction Change Order Manual.
4.12.2 Clarification and Claims
References:
o MTO General Conditions of Contract GC 3.14
o HOC #2006-02 Administration of Claim Settlements
Check that the Clarification and Claims process and timeframes for resolutions are
documented and the Contract Documents are adhered to. The CA must notify the CSA and
Project Lead of a potential Claim situation. It is the Design-Builder’s responsibility to maintain
Daily Work Records in support of their (potential) Claim. The CA shall prepare a report on the
details of the claim for the CSA. The Project Lead shall liaise with the CSA to provide input into
the negotiations and facilitate the satisfactory resolution of Clarification and Claims.
The CA shall as a minimum:

o Receive all written Request for Clarifications, Daily Work Records, and other supporting
information/documentation.
48
o Check that Design-Builder’s Request for Clarification submission fully complies with
Contract Document requirements both for content and time
o Check that the Design-Builder submits Daily Work Records in accordance with the
Contract
o Monitor and record Design-Builder work activities (manpower, materials and equipment)
for work affected by (or likely to be affected by) the Claim.
o The Daily Work Records shall be signed each day of work by both the Design-Builder's
representative and the CA. The CA will note disagreements on the Daily Work Record
prior to signing and return a copy to the Design-Builder.
o Provide a detailed analysis and review based on the Contract Documents and all
pertinent information related to the Clarification and Claims.
o Complete the Clarification and Claims Summary Form (PH-CC-751) for all Request for
Clarifications.
o Provide final written response to the Design-Builder’s request for clarification as soon as
possible within the Contract Document timelines.
o In the event a Claim is elevated to the Regional level, the CA shall review the Design-
Builder’s Notice of Claim submitted to the Region and provide written response to the
Region on any significant discrepancies from the information provided at the field level,
within 5 Business Days.
4.12.2.1 Clarification and Claim Settlements on Active Contracts
Request for Clarifications determined to be a change to the Contract shall be processed as a

Change Order.
In the event that a Regional or Head Office level settlement is reached, and the contract is still
on going, Regional or Head Office Claims staff will forward the claim settlement details to the
CSA and CA for payment processing. The CA will enter all relevant data into the CAS using the
category for “claims settlements” under Other Payment Adjustments – No Change Order.
4.13 MEDIA ENQUIRES
The Project Lead must handle all media enquiries as per applicable Regional protocol.
4.14 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE &CONTRACT COMPLETION
References:
o Provincial Highways Directive PHY-B-241 Construction Lien Act
The Design-Builder must request Substantial Performance and/or Certificate of Contract

Completion in writing and provide a two week notice to the CA to make arrangements for the
Final Completion Meeting.
The CA shall participate in joint inspections of the work with representatives of the Design-
Builder and the Ministry, following receipt of a written request from the Design-Builder, for the
purpose of establishing the date of substantial performance of the work and/or the date of
completion of the Work.
49
4.14.1 Certificate of Substantial Performance
References
o GC 8.02.04.05 Certificate of Substantial Performance
The CA shall monitor the progress and financial status of the contract and shall generate the
Certificate of Substantial Performance at such time when the requirements of Substantial
Performance have been met and will be signed by the CA to be forwarded to the Regional
Operations Office. The CA will submit their calculations to support the eligibility for the
Substantial Performance as identified in the MTO General Conditions of Contract and should
also include a deficiency list for any outstanding work.
The Substantial Performance shall be processed in accordance with the appropriate Contract
Documents. The CA must also identify set-offs to the contract for incomplete and deficient
work.
Once all of the above has been addressed, the certificate can be issued to the Design-Builder
for publication.
4.14.2 Certification of Sub-Contractor Completion
References
o GC 8.02.04.07 Certification of Sub-Contractor Completion
Before the Work has reached the stage of substantial performance, the Design-Builder may
notify the CA that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the CA certify the
completion of the subcontract. The purpose of this request is to allow for the holdback, on the
subcontracted items that have been completed, to be released. The CA should follow the
process as outlined in the MTO General Conditions of Contract.
4.14.3 Certificate of Contract Completion
References
o General Conditions of Contract
The Completion Checklist shall be generated by the CA and reviewed with the CSA prior to the
Completion Meeting. All deficiencies in the Work should be noted and reviewed with the CSA
and the Design-Builder for rectification. The Project Lead/CSA will notify the Regional Contracts
Office of the completion date and a Certificate of Completion will be issued and signed by the
Payment Certifier. The General Warranty period begins after the date of Contract Completion
as set out in the Contract Completion Certificate. Item-specific warranties begin as specified in
the Contract Documents. Completion should not be certified until all Work in the field is
complete.
50
CONTRACT COMPLETION CHECKLIST

(*Denotes items to be completed prior to Completion of the Work)
ACTION REQUIRED ACTION TAKEN COMMENTS
Request for Completion from Design-Builder in writing

* (including Substantial Performance with proof of
advertising).
Notify CSA two (2) weeks prior to anticipated Contract
* Completion and arrange meeting to review contract.
Notify Head, Quality Assurance Section two (2) weeks
* prior to anticipated Contract Completion.
Notify Head Operational Services/Maintenance
Coordinator/Area Maintenance Contractor
representative, two (2) weeks prior to anticipated
*
Contract Completion. Arrange field review with
Maintenance Coordinator/AMC representative to
determine deficiencies.
Notify Regional Structural Section two (2) weeks prior
*
to anticipated Contract Completion.
* Notify Regional Environmental Office.
Verify the Design-Builder has notified permit-issuing
agency for rehabilitation of pits or quarries under
wayside permits or aggregate permits and has
*
completed Compliance Report as per document
“Procedures for Administration of Mineral Aggregate
Extraction on MTO Contracts”
Notify:
Municipal Officials
* Railway Officials
Utilities
Other Interested Parties
* Complete Structural Clearance Report.
* Review status of completion date.
* Develop deficiency list.
* Review deficiency list with CSA.

Meet with the Design-Builder to resolve outstanding
*
deficiencies.
Check that the Design-Builder replaces any property
* and/or horizontal and vertical bars damaged or
removed during construction.
Prepare/obtain a list of outstanding:
* Change Orders
Intents to Claim
51
Infraction Reports
Test Results
Cost Sharing/Recoverables
Releases for disposal areas, pits, etc.
All certifications
Review the status of:
* Permanent signs
Pavement markings
* Notify Regional Electrical Section
Notify MTO Electrical Coordinator
* Notify Advanced Traffic Management Section

Verify Design-Builder has completed a report
regarding Management of Materials (OPSS 180)
Contract Completion Meeting.
Review Design-Builder’s Record Drawings for
completeness and as per requirements of Contract
Documents
52
4.15 ASSESSING COMPLIANCE TO THE QUALITY PROCESSES
4.15.1 General
References:
o Appendix B
o SP 199S53
The CA will:
o Ensure all contract administration staff are aware of the Special Provision “Performance
Requirement – Quality Processes”, and their roles and responsibilities for monitoring
compliance, assessing deviations and preparing monthly summary reports for
submission to the Ministry
o Review certifications by the manufacturers, suppliers and Design-Builder’s authorised
personnel to check proper wording and submissions including timeliness, test results
and proper seals and signatures where required.
Note: Review of QVE services including Certifications of Conformance and Interim Inspections
is covered in Appendix B.
o Receive and review Non-Conformance Reports (NCR) from the Design-Builder to

determine if they are complete, accurate and have been submitted in accordance with
the Contract Documents. If not, the CA will notify the Design-Builder in writing requesting
correction and resubmission and consideration shall be given to assessment of a
deviation.
In addition, the CA will review the proposed corrective action to determine its appropriateness.
This decision will be made with consideration given to the effect of the proposed corrective
action on the quality of the end product. If the corrective action is unusual or precedent setting,
it is essential that the CA provides recommendations and obtains input from the appropriate
Ministry personnel.
o Monitor the Design-Builder’s operations and clearly document the Design-Builder’s

compliance, during construction and within 30 Days after the date of certification of the
completion of the Work (i.e. “Work” as defined in the MTO General Conditions of
Contract). The CA shall identify all non-conformances.
o Within 3 Business Days of identifying a non-conformance or receiving a NCR from the
Design-Builder, notify the Design-Builder in writing using form PH-CC-862 Status of
Non-Conformance that the non-conformance is;
– Not a deviation, or
– A deviation including the reason for the deviation, or
– Under review with the Ministry.
o Where the Status of Non-Conformance classification is not obvious or may be precedent
setting, obtain Ministry involvement. The CA will forward Non-Conformance Report if the
Design-Builder identified the non-conformance, Status of Non-Conformance form, any
other information related to the deviation and recommendations. The CA will submit this
to the Ministry’s CSA and Regional Quality Control Advisor within 2 Business Days of
the deviation occurring.
53
o When the CA issues Status of Non-Conformance to the Design-Builder indicating “under

review with the Ministry”, the CA will issue an Instruction Notice indicating the results of
the review within 3 Business Days of receiving the results of the Ministry review. The
Instruction Notice will inform the Design-Builder that the non-conformance is;
– a deviation including the reason for the deviation; and its severity (minor/major)
– not a deviation
o For each non-conformance, review the requirements of the Contract Documents that
resulted in the non-conformance to identify any requirements the Design-Builder must
still complete. If the Design-Builder does not complete the requirements within 3
Business Days of receiving the Status of non-Conformance, the CA shall issue an
Instruction Notice to the Design-Builder for the requirements that must still be completed.
The deviation will not be waived regardless of the Design-Builder’s compliance with the
instruction. If the Design-Builder does not comply with the instruction, the CA shall
consult with the Ministry to determine other appropriate administrative action.
o Record all Non-Conformances and deviations from the QC requirements (using the form
PH-CC-861 Monthly Summary of Processes Non-Conformance) and submit to the
Ministry as per the distribution list on a monthly basis
o Recommend initiation of, or act upon recommendations to initiate the Ministry’s infraction
process if Design-Builder’s QC non-compliance warrants such action.
o Respond to routine Ministry reports including but not limited to QAO inspection reports,
CSA’s Contract Administration Performance Reports that pertain to the CA’s QC
monitoring.
4.15.2 Non-Conformances Administration for PERF Specifications
The CA shall enforce the Contract Document requirements related to Non-Conformances with
the performance measures specified in the PERFs and their associated consequences. The CA
is required to identify the Non-Conformance and notify the Design-Builder within the timeframes
specified.
Closely related to this, the CA shall keep track of the consequences applied since they will
affect the Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating.
54
5.0 ADMINISTRATION POST-CONSTRUCTION
5.1 CONTRACT CLOSING PROCESS
The CA shall complete the Contract Closing Checklist as follows:
ACTION REQUIRED COMMENTS
Fill out Certificate of Contract Completion form
Complete Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating
Forward Certificate of Completion form, and Design-Build

Contractor Performance Rating to the CSA
Identify Contract Work under Warranty with Expiration Time
Frame as per the Contract Documents (Including all actual
site seeding and landscape planting dates)
Send 3 copies of electrical record drawings, electrical shop
drawings and service manuals to the Electrical Coordinator
Send record of GPS coordinates readings (electronic copy)
for ATMS field components to ATMS contact
Submit Project Construction Report to CSA

Submit Pit & Quarry After Use Report PH-D-46-02-01
(commercial, wayside and permit sources) completed by the
Design-Builder
Material Summaries, estimated/as available, in a Digital
Format Acceptable to the Ministry
Submit Disposal Site Permits & Property Owner Clearance
Certificates completed by the Design-Builder
Submit completed MTO Class EA Process Monitoring
Questionnaire
Submit Summary of Environmental Concerns and
Commitments Table completed by the Design-Builder
Submit Record Documents Package
Provide to the Design-Builder the Final Estimate Quantity

and Cost Sheet (Ph-cc-829).
Submit Final Detailed Statement (FDS) to CSA
Substantial Performance Form and proof of advertisement
55
Final CAS should be reconciled to payments and provided

to MTO at the hand over meeting.
List of any known outstanding issues
5.2 DESIGN-BUILDCONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE RATING
Reference:
o Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating (and the associated Design-Build
Contractor Performance Rating Guideline)
The final document (rating and form B’s) where applicable must include clear, complete and
factual information to support the rating given with references to diary sheets, minutes of
meetings or other record document.
The CA shall prepare the Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating documents as per the
Ministry Guidelines, for Ministry approval (Reviewed by CSA / recommended by Project Lead /
confirmed by RCE).
5.3 SUBMISSION OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
5.3.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

The CA shall review the Record Drawings submitted by the Design-Builder to verify compliance
with requirements of the Contract Documents. The CA shall submit the Design-Builders Record
Drawings to the Ministry with the final records package.
5.3.2 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION REPORT
Reference:
o Project Construction Report Completion (most current Ministry guidelines)
The CA shall prepare the Project Construction Report within 60 Days of completion of the
Certificate of Completion (or as otherwise agreed to by the Ministry). The Region will prepare
Part A and distribute the report. For Design-Build projects, the CA will assist the Project Leads
during the completion of a Data Collection sheet that basically includes a summary of the
financial numbers for the project.
56
PART B
INSPECTION TASKS
57
6.0 DESIGN-BUILD INSPECTION TASKS - GENERAL
The Project Team will determine the appropriate frequency and detail of oversight and reviews
during the construction phase based on the project type, complexity and type of specifications
used. Ideally Design-Build contracts would be fully Performance based. Until Performance
Specifications are available for all elements of a project it will be necessary to have a blended or
hybrid approach to specifications. The Contract Documents have been written to incorporate
Performance Specifications into the contract where available. In all other cases traditional
Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS) Specifications and Drawings are to be used (subject to
Design-Builder requests for substitutions). Accordingly, different oversight approaches are
required for each. This manual identifies the oversight approach for those work elements
subject to Performance Specifications (Section 8.0) and a different oversight approach more in
line with traditional practices for OPS specifications (Section 7.0).
For OPS specifications, the measurement for payment and unit price components are not
applicable to Design-Build contracts. As such the oversight associated with unit payment is no
longer required. As well, in most cases, bonus/penalty or price adjustment language has been
removed. Inspections to ensure quality and conformance in accordance with the OPS
specifications and drawings are still required. Likewise Quality Assurance testing for material
quality remains, although the material is deemed to be only acceptable or rejected.
When determining the appropriate frequency and detail of oversight and reviews the project
team shall keep in mind the Design-Builder is solely responsible for the quality of work and
conformance to all requirements of the Contract Documents. It is also important to remember
that the Design-Builder’s submitted proposal forms part of the Contract Documents.
58
7.0 DESIGN-BUILDINSPECTION TASKS - OPS SPECIFICATIONS
7.1 LEVELS OF INSPECTION
The following tables identify the required level of inspection noted at the bottom of each
inspection task.
Table 1
LEVEL OF INSPECTION MINIMUM FREQUENCY
A1 Continuous
B1 Twice Per Day
C1 Once Per Day
D1 Every Other Day
E1 Once Per Week
Table 2
LEVEL OF INSPECTION TIME ON SITE
100% of the time the Design-Builder is on site carrying out
A2
that task
75% of the time the Design-Builder is on site per day carrying
B2
out that task
C2
out that task
D2
out that task
E2
out that task
F2 10% of the time Design-Builder is on site carrying out that task
Some tasks may consist of a combination of the above two (2) tables, with a statement to define
the inspection effort. For example:
o Level of Inspection – C1/E2 means that CA (or designee) shall be on site to inspect an
operation once per day and inspect 10% of the day’s production.
Where practical, for tasks that require less than full time inspection, the required time shall be
interspersed throughout the day. (i.e. for a task requiring a 25% time commitment, the
inspection should not occupy the first quarter of the day, with no further inspection for the rest of
the day).
59
The required levels of inspection are specified as minimums. If the Design-Builder is not
performing well, or test results are continually poor, then the level of inspection may need to be
increased to a higher level in order to check that the Design-Builder provides a quality end
product. This situation must be reported to the CSA.
In conjunction with the inspection tasks outlined in this manual, the CA shall provide qualified
personnel to inspect all work (including all non-civil related tasks such as electrical) as required
to verify and document non-compliance to the Design-Builder’s Quality Control Management
Plan.
Any inspection activity identified as a milestone requires a CA (or designee) on site to inspect
and document an operation(s) at predetermined critical phases (milestones). Subsequent work
on an operation shall not proceed until the milestone inspection is complete including corrective
action if required. A milestone may be at an intermediate stage or at the final inspection stage.
A “milestone” is the component of the Work that is critical, prior to continuing with the remainder
of the operation or the next operation.
All milestone inspections must be carried out and documented regardless of the levels of
inspection specified. Obtain photographs of Milestone Inspections where practical (i.e. pile
splices).
Milestones are indicated with an “M” beside the activity.
7.2 DOCUMENTATION
o Documentation requirements related to inspection have not been specifically identified

within the individual tasks in Section 7 of this manual. Various tasks state to verify
operations and dimensions. Any findings shall be documented in the Inspector’s Diaries.
o Various tasks state “Check”. All information / findings noted from that “Check” shall also
be documented in the diary.
o Refer to Section 4.11.1.2 Inspector’s Diary of this manual.
60
7.3 INDEX OF INSPECTION TASKS

GRADING AND DRAINAGE ....................................................................................................................................... 65
TASK GD 1 – CLEARING, CLOSE CUTTING, AND GRUBBING ......................................................................... 65
TASK GD 2 – BOULDER CLEAN-UP ........................................................................................................................ 66
TASK GD 3 – STRIPPING ........................................................................................................................................... 67
TASK GD 4 – SWAMP TREATMENT ...................................................................................................................... 68
TASK GD 5 – EARTH CUT.......................................................................................................................................... 70
TASK GD 6 – EARTH EMBANKMENT .................................................................................................................... 71
TASK GD 7 – ROCK CUT ............................................................................................................................................ 73
TASK GD 8 – ROCK EMBANKMENT ....................................................................................................................... 75
TASK GD 9 – TRANSITION TREATMENTS IN ROCK OR EARTH .................................................................. 76
TASK GD 10 – FROST HEAVE TREATMENT ....................................................................................................... 77
TASK GD 11 – BASE AND SUBBASE....................................................................................................................... 78
TASK GD 12 – RESTORING ROADWAY SURFACES .......................................................................................... 79
TASK GD 13 – GRADE AND COMPACTION .......................................................................................................... 80
TASK GD 13 – GRADE AND COMPACTION .......................................................................................................... 81
TASK GD 14 – BORROW PITS AND QUARRIES ................................................................................................. 82
TASK GD 15 – WAYSIDE PERMIT, AGGREGATE PERMIT, AND LETTER OF APPROVAL PITS AND
QUARRIES ................................................................................................................................................... 83
TASK GD 17 – DITCHING .......................................................................................................................................... 84
TASK GD 18 – SUBDRAINS ....................................................................................................................................... 85
TASK GD 19 – EXCAVATION FOR CULVERTS .................................................................................................... 87
TASK GD 20 – BACKFILLING FOR CULVERTS .................................................................................................... 89
TASK GD 21 – SEWER IN TRENCH ......................................................................................................................... 91
TASK GD 22 – SEWER TUNNEL / JACK AND BORE .......................................................................................... 93
TASK GD 23 – WATERMAIN IN TRENCH ............................................................................................................. 95
TASK GD 24 – MANHOLES, CATCHBASINS, AND DITCH INLETS ................................................................ 97
TASK GD 25 – GEOTEXTILE ..................................................................................................................................... 98
TASK GD 26 – GRANULAR BLANKET ................................................................................................................... 99
TASK GD 27 – RIP RAP ........................................................................................................................................... 100
TASK GD 28 – GABIONS ......................................................................................................................................... 101
TASK GD 29 – TOPSOIL .......................................................................................................................................... 102
TASK GD 30 – SODDING ......................................................................................................................................... 103
TASK GD 31 – SEED AND COVER ........................................................................................................................ 104
TASK GD 32 – FENCE .............................................................................................................................................. 105
TASK GD 33 – GUIDE RAIL .................................................................................................................................... 107
TASK GD 34 – ECCENTRIC LOADER BARRIER AND EXTRUDERS ............................................................ 109
TASK GD 35 – TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER (RELOCATION) ........................................................ 111
TASK GD 36 – INERTIAL BARRIER MODULE .................................................................................................. 112
TASK GD 37 – CRASH/CUSHION ATTENUATING TERMINAL BARRIER ................................................ 113
TASK GD 38 – TREND END TREATMENT BARRIER ..................................................................................... 115
TASK GD 39 – GUIDE RAIL ENERGY ABSORBING TERMINAL BARRIER ............................................... 116
TASK GD 40 – CONNETICUT IMPACT ATTENUATION SYSTEM BARRIER ............................................ 117
TASK GD 41 – NOISE BARRIER ............................................................................................................................ 119
61
TASK GD 42 – SURCHARGING .............................................................................................................................. 120

TASK GD 43 – HAUL ROADS ................................................................................................................................. 121
TASK GD 44 – WICK DRAINS................................................................................................................................ 122
TASK GD 45 – TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING .................................................................................................. 123
TASK GD 46 – GROUND MOUNTED SIGN PLACEMENT ............................................................................... 124
TASK GD 47 – COMMERCIAL VEHICLE INSPECTION FACILITY ..................................................... 126
TASK GD 48 – CONTROL STRIP ..................................................................................................................... 127
CONCRETE AND STRUCTURES ............................................................................................................................ 128
TASK CS 1 – CONCRETE PLACEMENT, CONSOLIDATION, FINISHING, AND CURING ........................ 128
CONCRETE AND STRUCTURES ............................................................................................................................ 130
TASK CS 1 – CONCRETE PLACEMENT, CONSOLIDATION, FINISHING, AND CURING ........................ 130
TASK CS 3 – TREMIE CONCRETE ........................................................................................................................ 133
TASK CS 4 – CURB AND GUTTER ........................................................................................................................ 134
TASK CS 5 – CONCRETE SIDEWALK................................................................................................................... 135
TASK CS 6 – CONCRETE BARRIER WALLS ....................................................................................................... 136
TASK CS 7 – CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT ............................................................................................ 137
TASK CS 8 – CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – FULL DEPTH REPAIR .............................................. 140
TASK CS 9 – CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – FULL DEPTH REPAIR (FAST TRACK) ................ 142
TASK CS 10 – CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – PARTIAL DEPTH REPAIR .................................... 143
TASK CS 11 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – REMOVAL OF WATERPROOFING SYSTEM FROM
DECK SURFACE ...................................................................................................................................... 145
TASK CS 12 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE REMOVALS .............................................. 146
TASK CS 13 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – SURFACE PREPARATION .......................................... 150
TASK CS 14 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – NORMAL CONCRETE OVERLAY .............................. 151
TASK CS 15 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION - CATHODIC PROTECTION - ANODE MESH SYSTEM
AND CONCRETE OVERLAY ................................................................................................................. 154
TASK CS 16 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – SILICA FUME CONCRETE OVERLAY ...................... 155
TASK CS 17 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION - LATEX-MODIFIED CONCRETE OVERLAY ............. 156
TASK CS 18 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE PATCHES ................................................. 157
TASK CS 19 – STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE REFACING ................................................ 159
TASK CS 20 – APPLICATION OF SILICA FUME OR NORMAL SHOTCRETE ............................................ 161
TASK CS 21 – STRUCTURE EXCAVATION ........................................................................................................ 163
TASK CS 22 – COFFERDAMS, SHEET PILING, TIE BACKS, AND ROADWAY PROTECTION .............. 165
TASK CS 23 – UNWATERING ................................................................................................................................ 167
TASK CS 24 – PILING ............................................................................................................................................... 169
TASK CS 25 – CAISSON FOUNDATIONS ............................................................................................................ 171
TASK CS 26 – STRUCTURE BACKFILLING ........................................................................................................ 173
TASK CS 27 – FORMWORK ................................................................................................................................... 174
TASK CS 28 – FALSEWORK ................................................................................................................................... 175
TASK CS 29 – INSTALLATION OF BEARINGS .................................................................................................. 176
TASK CS 30 – STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM ERECTION ................................................................................. 177
TASK CS 31 – REINFORCING STEEL PLACEMENT ......................................................................................... 178
TASK CS 32 – PRESTRESSING SYSTEMS ........................................................................................................... 179
TASK CS 33 – STRESSING OPERATION ............................................................................................................. 180
62
TASK CS 34 – GROUTING OF POST-TENSIONING DUCTS ........................................................................... 181

TASK CS 35 – BRIDGE DECK WATERPROOFING ........................................................................................... 183
TASK CS 36 – PRESTRESSED CONCRETE MEMBERS (NORMAL AND HIGH PERFORMANCE
CONCRETE) ............................................................................................................................................. 185
TASK CS 37 – INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS ................................................................................ 186
TASK CS 38 – TEMPORARY MODULAR BRIDGES.......................................................................................... 188
TASK CS 39 – STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING ................................................................................................ 189
TASK CS 40 – STEEL PARAPET RAILING .......................................................................................................... 191
TASK CS 41 – OVERHEAD SIGN PLACEMENT ................................................................................................. 192
TASK CS 42 – RETAINED SOIL SYSTEMS .......................................................................................................... 193
TASK CS 43 – ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING OF CONCRETE SURFACES AND REINFORCING STEEL
..................................................................................................................................................................... 195
TASK CS 44 – LIGHTWEIGHT FILL MATERIALS ............................................................................................ 196
TASK CS 45 – PRECAST CONCRETE CULVERTS ............................................................................................. 198
TASK CS 46 – DOWELS IN CONCRETE ............................................................................................................... 200
TASK CS 47 – STEEL BREAKAWAY SIGN PLACEMENT ................................................................................ 201
TASK CS 48 – TIMBER BREAKAWAY SIGN PLACEMENT ............................................................................ 202
TASK CS 49 – DOWELS INTO BEDROCK ........................................................................................................... 203
TASK CS 50 – FOUNDTION INSTRUMENTATION FOR MONITORING SETTLEMENTS, PORE
PRESSURES, LATERAL DISPLACEMENTS ...................................................................................... 204
TASK CS 51 – MASS CONCRETE ON BEDROCK ............................................................................................... 205
BITUMINOUS ............................................................................................................................................................. 206
TASK BIT 1 – GRANULAR SEALING .................................................................................................................... 206
TASK BIT 2 – RECLAIMING ASPHALT PAVEMENT ....................................................................................... 207
TASK BIT 3 – HOT MIX PAVING .......................................................................................................................... 208
TASK BIT 4 – CUT AND FILL GROOVES ............................................................................................................ 210
TASK BIT 5 – ROUTING AND SEALING CRACKS ............................................................................................ 211
TASK BIT 6 – TACK COAT ..................................................................................................................................... 213
TASK BIT 7 – PAVEMENT MARKING ................................................................................................................. 214
TASK BIT 8 – SURFACE TREATMENT ............................................................................................................... 215
TASK BIT 9 – HOT-IN-PLACE RECYCLING (HIR) ........................................................................................... 216
TASK BIT 10 – COLD-IN-PLACE RECYCLING (CIR) ....................................................................................... 217
TASK BIT 11 – IN-PLACE FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT AND
UNDERLYING GRANULAR .................................................................................................................. 218
TASK BIT 13 – SURFACE SMOOTHNESS MEASUREMENTS INTERIAL PROFILER ............................. 219
TASK BIT 14 – EXPANDED ASPHALT STABILIZATION ............................................................................... 222
TASK BIT 15 – OPEN GRADED DRAINAGE LAYER ........................................................................................ 224
TASK BIT 16 – ROUTING AND SEALING CRACKS .......................................................................................... 225
ELECTRICAL .............................................................................................................................................................. 226
TASK E/AMTS 1 – ELECTRICAL CHAMBERS ................................................................................................... 226
ELECTRICAL AND ATMS ........................................................................................................................................ 227
TASK E/AMTS 2 – UNDERGROUND DUCTS ..................................................................................................... 227
TASK E 10 – POLE FOUNDATIONS AND POLE ERECTION .......................................................................... 229
TASK E 11 – GROUNDING ...................................................................................................................................... 231
TASK E 12 – CABLE INSTALLATION .................................................................................................................. 232
63
TASK E 13 – LUMINAIRES ..................................................................................................................................... 234

TASK E 14 – POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT ..................................................................................................... 235
TASK E 15 – TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................... 236
TASK E 16 – TRAFFIC ACTUATION AND DETECTION EQUIPMENT ........................................................ 237
TASK E 17 – HIGH MAST LIGHTING .................................................................................................................. 239
TASK E 18 – SIGNAL ACTIVATION (TEMPORARY AND PERMANMENT INSTALLATION) ............... 241
TASK ATMS 20 – ATMS ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATION................................................................... 243
TASK ATMS 21 – GROUNDING............................................................................................................................. 244
TASK ATMS 22 – POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................ 245
TASK ATMS 23 – CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) POLES AND MAINTENANCE SITES ........ 246
TASK ATMS 24 – COMMUNICATION CABLE INSTALLATION .................................................................... 248
TASK ATMS 25 – DATA TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ................................................. 249
TASK ATMS 26 – VIDEO TRANSMISSION / DISPLAY EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION .......................... 250
TASK ATMS 27 – CAMERA EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ........................................................................... 251
TASK ATMS 28 – VEHICLE DETECTION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION .................................................. 252
TASK ATMS 29 – CABINET AND CONTROLLER INSTALLATION .............................................................. 254
TASK ATMS 30 – VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (VMS) INSTALLATION ...................................................... 256
TASK ATMS 31 – SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST (SIT) VERIFICATION ................................................... 258
TASK ATMS 32 – PORTABLE VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PVMS) INSTALLATION ............................ 259
TASK ATMS 33 – PORTABLE VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PVMS) INSTALLATION ............................ 261
TASK ATMS 34 – NON-INTRUSIVE TRAFFIC SENSOR INSTALLATION .................................................. 263
TASK ATMS 35 – DOME CAMERA INSTALLATION........................................................................................ 264
TASK ATMS 36 – CAMERA RAISING AND LOWERING DEVICE INSTALLATION .................................. 265
TASK ATMS 37 – WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION ......................................... 267
TRAFFIC CONTROL ................................................................................................................................................. 268
TASK TC 1 – GENERAL............................................................................................................................................ 268
TASK ENV 2 – USE OF WASTE PRODUCTS / MATERIALS IN THE WORK.............................................. 270
TASK ENV 3 – MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIALS ................................................ 271
TASK ENV 4 – WORK IN, ADJACENT TO, AND OVER WATERBODIES .................................................... 272
TASK ENV 5 – WORK IN AND ADJACENT TO AREAS OF TREES NOT DESIGNATED FOR REMOVAL
..................................................................................................................................................................... 273
TASK ENV 6 – CONTROL OF DUST FROM THE WORK ................................................................................. 274
TASK ENV 7 – TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ............................................ 275
TASK ENV 8 – INCIDENT MANAGEMENT ......................................................................................................... 277
TASK ENV 9 – FISHERIES ACT AUTHORIZATION IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING ........... 278
64
GRADING AND DRAINAGE – TASK GD 1
CLEARING, CLOSE CUTTING, AND GRUBBING
Task # Activity
GD 1.1 Check for proper installation of tree barrier protection prior to clearing,
close cutting or grubbing activities.
GD 1.2 Check that clearing activities occur during permitted timing windows, if
specified by the Contract Documents to avoid nesting periods of migratory
birds (e.g. May 1st to August 1st).
GD 1.3 M Check that all clearing, close cutting and grubbing debris is removed
and managed as per the Contract Documents.
GD 1.4 Check that clearing, close cutting and grubbing is carried out to the limits
given.
GD 1.5 Check that Grubbing is performed as specified (stumps, roots, embedded

logs, debris, and secondary growth) and stripping depths are as indicated
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – B1/E2
65
BOULDER CLEAN-UP
Task # Activity
GD 2.1 Record location of disposal sites.
66
STRIPPING
Task # Activity
GD 3.1 M Confirm stripping is completed in accordance with the construction

sub-grade report widths and that proper depth of stripping is
achieved.
GD 3.2 M Check required amount of stripped organic material is stockpiled for

topsoil as specified prior to disposal of surplus material. Record the
location of the stockpile sites.
GD 3.3 Check that erosion control measures are in place and functioning properly
prior to stripping.
GD 3.4 Check that topsoil piles are positioned away from waterbodies.
GD 3.5 Check that sheetflow from stockpiles is intercepted using silt fence, straw
bale or sandbag barriers.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – B1/D2
67
SWAMP TREATMENT
Task # Activity
GD 4.1 Floating the road.

M (i) Check during construction that the integrity of the mat
material is maintained.
M (ii) Check that no rock fill is in contact with the root mat.
(iii) Check that care is taken in locating ditching and that root material is
not disturbed.
(iv) Beware of culverts being inserted below the root mat.
(v) Swamp waves shall not be excavated or otherwise disturbed.
M (vi) Confirm each layer is built using an outside to inside
sequence by keeping the outer one third portions of the layer a
least 30 metres ahead of the centre portion
(vii) Check that if geotextiles are used that they are placed in
accordance with the specifications
(viii) Check that the rate of embankment construction is carried out as
per Special Provisions (time, pore pressure dissipation levels, etc.)
(ix) If berms are being constructed check that that the berm is
constructed appropriately during the construction of the
embankment
(x) Check that culverts are installed with specified articulation and or
camber.
GD 4.2 Excavation
M (i) Survey and record the limits and depth of the excavation and
compare them to the design limits.
M (ii) Check that during excavation, material removed is managed as
specified in the Contract Documents.
M (iv) Check that excavation of displaced materials and backfilling is
carried out simultaneously, and in such a way as to displace
the muskeg and produce a mud wave (displacement method).
M (vi) If excavated material is being used for, or blended for use as
topsoil, then check that the required amount of excavated
organic material is stockpiled for topsoil as specified prior to
disposal of surplus material. Record location of stockpile site.
M (vii) Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract
Documents and are compacted to the target density.
68
GD 4.3 Surcharging – See Task GD 42

(i) Check construction staging and verify embankment and surcharge
is constructed in accordance with staging details.
(ii) Check that surcharge is placed to the geometry shown on the
contract drawings.
M (iii) Check that proper surcharge material is used and placed to
height and limits specified in the Contract Documents. Check
that surcharge is removed only after required time period,
settlement, or pore water pressure is achieved.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A2
69
EARTH CUT
Task # Activity
GD 5.1 M Check that erosion and sediment control schemes are in place and
functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are
insufficient the Design-Builder must be requested to review and take
action.
GD 5.2 M Check suitability of cut material for use as fill in other locations.
GD 5.3 M Watch for any seepage areas in earth cuts, and provide for
appropriate treatments as required. Check that any advanced
dewatering scheme to facilitate the excavation is carried out.
GD 5.4 M Check that treatment of frost susceptible soil area is completed as

specified in the Contract Documents. Ensure that the disposition of
material from each earth cut area is recorded.
GD 5.6 Check for proper crown and that adequate drainage is maintained.
GD 5.7 Check that the excavation is carried out to the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
GD 5.8 M Verify and record that grading tolerances are correctly applied and
all slopes conform to the acceptance envelope.
GD 5.9 Check that longitudinal and transverse transition treatments (cut to fill, fill
to fill) are constructed correctly.
GD 5.10 Check that soil sloughing is avoided and controlled during excavation
procedure.
GD 5.11 M Check that toe drains, slope drains and / or interceptor ditches are
properly constructed.
GD 5.12 M Record starting and ending dates of various earth operations for
conformance with timing constraints.
GD 5.14 Check that boulders on excavated slopes are removed in accordance with
the specifications.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – D2
70
EARTH EMBANKMENT
Task # Activity
action.
GD 6.2 Check that any organic or deleterious material is sub-excavated prior to

embankment construction.
GD 6.3 M Check that special embankment foundation and benching is carried

out as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 6.4 M Check Design-Builder’s required quality control tests to determine if

target density is obtained.
GD 6.5 Inspect embankment construction to check that the specified depth of

layers are maintained, that oversize and frozen material is not used, that
material is not placed on frozen ground or on ice or snow, and that the
cross fall is adequate for drainage.
GD 6.6 Check that boulders are placed in accordance with the specifications.
GD 6.7 If a berm is required; check that it is constructed before the main fill is built
to a level higher than the berm.
GD 6.8 If a surcharge is used, see task GD 42.
all slopes conform to the acceptance envelope prior to placement of
subbase material.
GD 6.10 M Check that fill is placed and compacted according to the

specifications – layer compaction or modified layer compaction.
GD 6.11 Check that appropriate construction procedure is conducted for side hill or
sloping sections.
GD 6.12 For embankments over soft ground, check that rate of embankment
construction is carried out as per Special Provisions.
GD 6.13 Check that all field test results and information are received within 2
Business Days following completion of a lot.
71
72
GRADING AND DRAINAGE – TASK GD 7 A
ROCK EXCAVATION
Task # Activity
action.
GD 7.2 Check that the Design-Builder has removed all stumps, roots, vegetation
and soil overlaying rock to be excavated to the width specified on the
construction subgrade report.
GD 7.3 M Check that overburden is excavated from each transition treatment

area prior to blasting.
GD 7.4 Check that removal of overburden and earth is carried out sufficiently in
advance to permit surveying of original rock cross-sections.
GD 7.5 Check that disposal of overburden material is as specified. Check that

disposal sites are positioned away from waterbodies. Check that
sheetflow from disposal is intercepted using silt fence, straw bale or
sandbag barriers.
GD 7.6 M Check that blasting design, blasting permit, and pre-construction

survey have been submitted.
GD 7.8 Check qualifications of the Blasting Designer.
GD 7.9 M Check that proper notifications are provided to the appropriate

authorities. Check that appropriate notification is conducted prior to
blasting.
GD 7.10 M Check that all safety precautions are observed prior to blasting,
including the sounding of audible warning device before and after
blasting as required. Check that protective measures to control
fugitive flyrock, as specified, are used around private properties
and/or Utility locations.
GD 7.11 Check that noise, vibration and dust levels are controlled as required.
GD 7.12 M Check that a “Trial Blast” for drilling and blasting is carried out to
verify the blasting design in general.
GD 7.13 Check that drilling depth is sufficient to provide the required shatter and
extra depth shatter is specified.
73
GD 7.14 M Check that extra depth shatter is verified and drilling depths
recorded. Check that drilling pattern is as per the blasting design.
GD 7.15 Check that drilling pattern is as per the blasting design. Record type and
amount of explosive material used. Record drilling depths, limits and
pattern.
GD 7.16 M Check that there is effective drainage to ditches and transition

treatments by confirming that no undrained pockets are left in the
road bed or ditches.
GD 7.17 During and after scaling inspect rock face for potential rockfall hazard and
discuss any concerns with the CSA. Check that any special rockfall
hazard designs have been properly implemented, as indicated in the
Contract Documents.
GD 7.19 M Document the disposition of all rock excavation material showing

how cut is excavated, type of equipment used, where it is being
disposed including the equipment involved and the time and
duration of the work.
GD 7.20 Check that a post construction survey is carried out by the Design-Builder
all excavations conform to the acceptance envelope.
GD 7.22 Coordinate with Rock Engineering Specialist (if applicable) to inspect rock
face locations such as foundations founded on a rock ledge to determine
rock mass stabilization.
GD 7.23 Check that blasting monitoring equipment, procedure and recording is

conducted as specified.
GD 7.24 Check Design-Builder’s construction blasting records / blasting reports.
74
ROCK EMBANKMENT
Task # Activity
GD 8.1 M Check that rock fill is built in accordance with SP206S03, unless
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 8.3 Check that rock fill is not placed on frozen soil.
GD 8.4 If rock fill is used to displace soft underlying materials, the centre should
be kept ahead of the sides or one side on sidehill organic displacement.
GD 8.5 Check equipment type and size, number of passes, and lift thickness for
the compaction of rock embankment.
GD 8.6 M Check that shale embankment materials are spread and compacted
in uniform layers as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 8.7 Check that large particle sizes are within specified size restriction and are
properly positioned within the rockfill embankment.
GD 8.8 Check that chinking is carried out to fill surface voids.
GD 8.9 Check that approved procedures are followed for surcharge loading. See
Task GD 42.
all fill slopes conform to the acceptance envelope.
GD 8.11 M Record daily, the construction of Rock Fill (location of source of

material used, final disposition of the material, the equipment
involved, and the time and duration of the work).
GD 8.12 Check that direction of Rock fill placement is such that mud waves are
displaced away from the embankment.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C-2
75
TRANSITION TREATMENTS IN ROCK OR EARTH
Task # Activity
GD 9.1 M Verify and record that proper transition treatment is carried out
during initial construction period, before fill placement interferes with
the excavation. Verify and record that grading tolerances are
correctly applied and all slopes conform to the acceptance envelope
prior to backfilling. Backfill as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 9.2 Check that transition has positive drainage.
76
FROST HEAVE TREATMENT
Task # Activity
GD 10.1M Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled as

required. Check that the polystyrene complies with environmental
specifications.
GD 10.3 M Record that frost susceptible soils are removed and replaced with
acceptable material to the specified grades, lengths and tolerances.
Adjust grades and limits depending on extent of frost susceptible
soils. Verify transition between frost treatment and normal grading
sections is constructed properly.
GD 10.4 Check to that the Design-Builder has provided adequate drainage from
treated area.
GD 10.5 Check expanded polystyrene is installed as follows:

(i) Check that the sheets are properly placed with regards to tight and
staggered joints;
(ii) Check that sheets are secured to prepared surface; and
(iii) Check that backfill is placed by dumping, spread and compacted in
one lift, free of oversized material and is of sufficient depth to
protect the polystyrene.
GD 10.6 M Check that backfill materials are compacted to the target density.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – B2
77
BASE AND SUBBASE
Task # Activity
GD 11.1 Check for any evidence of contamination from subgrade pumping into
subbase and have the Design-Builder take appropriate corrective action.
GD 11.2 M Check that quality assurance samples are obtained for testing as
specified in the Contract Documents. Conduct visual inspection of
material for contamination, including clay balls, clay coated particles
or foreign material. Where contamination is observed or suspected
take appropriate action.
GD 11.3 M Check that subbase and base materials comply as specified in the
Contract Documents. Check that no Blast Furnace Slag material is
being place in the base and sub base. Check Design-Builder’s
compaction density readings to see that all the work falls within the
specified tolerances.
GD 11.5M Verify and record horizontal and vertical grading tolerances prior to
the placement of the next type of material or pavement.
GD 11.6 M Check that material control, distribution and weighing conform to the
Contract Documents.
GD 11.7 Check that all field test results and information are received within 2
Business Days following completion of a lot.
GD 11.8 Check that all field test results and information are received prior to
placement of Hot Mixed Asphalt (HMA).
78
RESTORING ROADWAY SURFACES
Task # Activity
GD 12.1 M Check that all deleterious material is removed from grade prior to
restoration.
GD 12.1 Check that the restored roadway surface is compacted to the target
density.
GD 12.2 M Check the Design-Builder’s crossfall on the restored roadway

surface for correctness prior to placement of the next type of
material or pavement.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – E2
79
GRADING AND DRAINAGE – TASK GD 13 A
GRADE
Task # Activity
GD 13.1 M A monitoring checking frequency of a minimum of 25% per day (but

not limited to), is required to be recorded for all of Design-Builder’s
quality control grade checks to verify the Design-Builder’s ability to
ensure that the grades and cross sections are within the specified
tolerances. When one half of the Design-Builder’s quality control
operation has been successfully completed the monitoring
frequency may be reduced to a minimum (but not limited to) of 5%,
with the approval of the CSA.
Quality Assurance checks for subgrade and granulars (prior to the

placement of the next type of material or pavement) shall include the
record of station, actual elevation and offset. This information is to
be recorded at the specified intervals in a separate field book. The
CA survey work will be separate and independent from the Design-
Builder’s Quality Control surveys.
During the grade check, the width of placement should be checked

and recorded, and when the horizontal tolerances are exceeded,
elevations and distances must be recorded.
80
GRADING AND DRAINAGE – TASK GD 13 B
COMPACTION
Task # Activity
GD 13.1 M A testing frequency of a minimum of 25% per day or per Design-

Builder’s current testing amounts (but not limited to), is required to
be recorded for all of Design-Builder’s quality control testing
requirements to verify the Design-Builder’s ability to control
compaction. This is to be done on an ongoing base.
When one half of the Design-Builder’s quality control operation has

been successfully completed the physical testing frequency may be
reduced to a minimum (but not limited to) of 5%, with the approval of
the CSA
81
BORROW PITS AND QUARRIES
Task # Activity
action.
GD 14.2 Check that the pit or quarry is worked to the approved line and grade and
appropriate measurements are taken to support payment.
GD 14.4 Check that stripping material does not contaminate the borrow.
GD 14.5 M Check that the operation of the pit or quarry is carried out in
accordance with the Aggregate Sources List, site plan and permit /
Letter of Approval. If the Design-Builder does not operate in
accordance with the site plan and/or the site plan standards and
operational requirements, notify the Design-Builder by Instruction
Notice and notify the CSA immediately.
GD 14.6 M Check that the rehabilitation of the pit or quarry, at the completion of
the job, is in accordance with the site plan.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1
82
WAYSIDE PERMIT, AGGREGATE PERMIT, AND LETTER

OF APPROVAL PITS AND QUARRIES
Task # Activity
action.
GD 15.2 Check that required stripping is carried out and all unsuitable material is
removed from the pit or quarry face. Visually inspect for seams of
unsuitable material in pit or quarry face during extraction.
GD 15.3 M Check that the operation of the pit or quarry is carried out in
accordance with the site plan and Aggregate / Wayside Permit /
Letter of Approval. If the Design-Builder does not operate in
accordance with the site plan standards and / or the operational
requirements, notify the Design-Builder by Instruction Notice and
notify the CSA immediately.
GD 15.4 M Check that the rehabilitation of the pit or quarry, at the completion of
the job, is in accordance with the site plan.
83
DITCHING
Task # Activity
action.
GD 17.2 M Check that ditch grading tolerances are correctly applied and all
slopes conform to acceptance envelope.
GD 17.3 Check that suitable material excavated from ditches is utilized in fill areas.
GD 17.4 Check that unsuitable material is managed as specified in the Contract

Documents.
GD 17.5 M Check for positive drainage from field tiles.
84
SUBDRAINS
Task # Activity
GD 18.1 M Check specified size of pipe, including filter material. Check that all
the delivered material is stored properly and verify that it is being
supplied from the approved list that was submitted by the Design-
Builder at the commencement of the contract.
GD 18.3 Check that perforations are placed down when their purpose is to collect
water and they are bedded in free draining filter material. Check that
pipes without perforations are used when their purpose is to transport
water.
GD 18.4 Check that couplings are suitable for and compatible with the class and
type of pipe and installed correctly.
GD 18.5 M Check that granular materials comply with the specifications and are
compacted to the target density.
GD 18.6 If impervious clay cap is required, check that cap is properly built.
GD 18.7 M Check that proper connection to manholes, catchbasins, and ditch

inlets (grouting and grade) are made.
GD 18.8 Check that each outlet location is marked with an approved marker and is
visible from the driving portion of the roadway.
GD 18.9 Check that outlet and collector pipers are not crushed during backfilling
operations.
GD 18.10 Check that outlet and collector pipes are placed to required slope and
grade to provide gravity flow.
GD 18.11 Check that rodent grates are installed securely and quickly after subdrain
installation.
GD 18.12 M Check that the trenches are excavated to the width, grade and
alignment specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 18.13 Check for trench stability during excavation.
GD 18.14 Check that pipe bedding and backfilling is conducted as specified.
85
GD 18.15 Check that inspection report is completed by the Design-Builder for the
excavation, bedding and backfilling.
GD 18.16 Check that a non-woven geotextile is used to wrap the trench when 19
mm clear stone is specified as backfill.
GD 18.17 M Check that video camera inspection is conducted as specified.
86
EXCAVATION FOR CULVERTS
Task # Activity
GD 19.1 Verify and record that all fisheries-related environmental mitigation

measures have been installed and are functioning properly prior to the
start of excavation.
action.
GD 19.3 M Check that the dewatering and flow passage arrangements comply
with restrictions / provisions specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 19.4 M Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and
other environmental concerns (i.e. muddy water discharge). Check
that the Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hose,
etc.) on site as required in the environmental submission. Check
that the Design-Builder has obtained a Permit to Take Water in
accordance with Special Provision 100S59.
GD 19.5 Check that dust and debris from construction operations is not entering a
watercourse or Environmentally Sensitive Area.
GD 19.6 Confirm that any other relevant environmental constraints have been
addressed.
GD 19.7 Check that the founding soil is sound and undisturbed. Check that all
loosened, soft, organic and deleterious material and boulders at the
foundation base are removed and replaced with suitable, compacted
granular material or mass concrete.
GD 19.8 Investigate pipe relocation to avoid cutting the organic mat when the
embankment rides the swamp.
GD 19.9 M Confirm and record limits of excavation (width and depth) to

determine if they conform to Contract Documents. Confirm and
record limits of frost tapers at shoulderline and centreline. Confirm
that the specified taper slope continues until it intersects subgrade /
bottom of roadbed granular. If the crossing is identified as a
watercourse in the Contract Documents, limit disturbance beyond
the end of the culverts.
87
GD 19.10 For crossings identified as watercourses in the Contract Documents,

survey existing streambed elevation prior to construction to determine if
the new culvert depth is at or below the exiting streambed elevation (i.e. a
minimum 300mm depression unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents) to create low flow channel.
GD 19.11 Check for signs of basal heave due to unbalanced hydrostatic head
conditions.
GD 19.12 Check for working slabs / working pads.
GD 19.13 Check that any temporary protection scheme to facilitate the excavation
and construction of the culvert is carried out.
88
BACKFILLING FOR CULVERTS
Task # Activity
action.
GD 20.2 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
GD 20.3 Check that all pipes are correct class and reject those that are damaged
and cannot be repaired.
GD 20.4 Check that advanced dewatering is conducted as required to prevent soil

sloughing, basal heave and boiling. Check that excavations are free of
water at all times.
GD 20.5 M Check that alignment, invert and designed widths are adhered to, as
loading on pipe is partially dependent on trench widths.
GD 20.6 M Check that dewatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and
that the Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hose,
etc.) on site as required in the environmental submission.
GD 20.7 Check the foundation for transition from firm to soft material, high points,
soft spots, stones or boulders under culvert; general foundation problems
due to unstable soil conditions, prior to placing bedding or embedment
material.
GD 20.8 M Check that backfilling materials are sampled as required, comply

with the specifications, and are compacted to the target density.
Check that the proper compacted lift thickness is as specified.
(Elevation not to exceed existing streambed elevation.)
GD 20.9 If required, check that upstream end of the pipe is embedded and material
is properly compacted to prevent seepage.
GD 20.10 M Check that the bedding and the backfilling materials are placed in the
dry, and as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 20.11 Check that backfilling is compacted under the haunches.
89
GD 20.12 Check that proper gaskets and couplers are used. Check that all gaskets
and joints are tight. Check for proper camber. Where applicable, check
that joints are lapped in direction of flow.
GD 20.13 Check that pipes and connections are kept clean and free of foreign
material.
GD 20.14 Check that the strutting requirements are met when required.
GD 20.15 Check that backfilling is brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe at the
same time.
GD 20.16 Check that compaction equipment does not impose excessive vibrations
on structure.
GD 20.17 Check that specified depth of cover is placed before heavy equipment is
allowed over culvert location.
GD 20.18 Check that oversize particles are removed.
GD 20.19 M Record trench widths, type of bedding and type of backfilling.
GD 20.20 For crossings identified as watercourses in the Contract Documents,

survey existing streambed elevation if not provided in the Contract
Documents to check that the new culvert depth does not exceed the
exiting streambed elevation (i.e. a minimum 300mm depression unless
otherwise specified in the Contract Documents) to maintain low flow
channel.
GD 20.22 M Check that post installation inspection is done in accordance with

Special Provision 104S02.
90
SEWER IN TRENCH
Task # Activity
action.
GD 21.2 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
GD 21.3 Check that all pipes are correct class and reject those that are damaged
and cannot be repaired.
GD 21.4 Check that advanced dewatering is conducted as required to prevent soil

sloughing, basal heave and boiling. Check that excavations are free of
water at all times.
GD 21.5 M Check that alignment, invert and designed widths are adhered to.
GD 21.6 Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and other
environmental concerns (i.e. muddy water discharge). Check that the
Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hose, etc.) on site as
required in the environmental submission.
GD 21.7 Check the foundation for transition from firm to soft material, high points,
soft spots, stones or boulders under culvert; general foundation problems
due to unstable soil conditions, prior to placing bedding or embedment
material.
GD 21.8 M Check that backfilling materials are sampled as required, comply

with the specifications, and are compacted to the target density.
Check that the proper compacted lift thickness is as specified.
(Elevation not to exceed existing streambed elevation.)
GD 21.9 M Check that the bedding and the backfilling materials are placed in the
dry, and as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 21.10 Check that backfilling is compacted under the haunches.
GD 21.11 Check that proper gaskets and couplers are used. Check that all gaskets
and joints are tight. Check for proper camber. Where applicable, check
that joints are lapped in direction of flow.
91
GD 21.12 Check that pipes and connections are kept clean and free of foreign
material.
GD 21.13 Check that the strutting requirements are met when required.
GD 21.14 Check that backfilling is brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe at the
same time.
GD 21.15 Check that compaction equipment does not impose excessive vibrations
on structure.
GD 21.16 Check that specified depth of cover is placed before heavy equipment is
allowed over sewer location.
GD 21.18 M Record trench widths, type of bedding and type of backfilling.
GD 21.19 M Check that post installation inspection is done in accordance with

Special Provision 104S03.
92
SEWER TUNNEL / JACK AND BORE
Task # Activity
action.
GD 22.2 Check that sufficient indicators are set up and maintained to detect and
monitor any movements within and outside the tunnel.
GD 22.3 Check that techniques employed meet the specification.
GD 22.4 M Check that alignment and grade are maintained.
GD 22.5 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied
from the approved list that was submitted by the Design-Builder at
the commencement of the contract.
GD 22.6 Check that permanent liners are supplied and installed.
GD 22.7 Check and verify the soil spoil.
GD 22.8 Check that grouting materials are properly supplied and placed.
GD 22.9 Report all ground movements, failures, seepage zones and changes in
soil conditions to the CSA.
GD 22.10 Check that appropriate dewatering is conducted to avoid soil cave-in and
sloughing during the tunnelling.
GD 22.11 Check to verify any obstructions attributable to boulders and cobbles.
GD 22.13 Check that excavation shafts and shoring systems are stable.
GD 22.14 Check that stamped working drawings are submitted.
GD 22.15 Check for Tunnel Portal Work Plan.
GD 22.16 Check for Primary Support plans, including materials, connection details
and method of installation.
93
GD 22.17 Check for Tunnel Excavation Work Plan including sequence, dimensions,
methods, provisions for controlling line and grade, ventilation and muck
handling methods.
GD 22.18 Check Secondary Liner materials, installation.
GD 22.19 Check criteria for assessment of Roadway subsidence.
GD 22.20 Check that instrument monitoring is installed as per the Contract

Documents.
94
WATERMAIN IN TRENCH
Task # Activity
action.
GD 23.2 Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from the
approved list that was submitted by the Design-Builder at the
commencement of the contract.
GD 23.3 Check that excavations are free of water at all times.
GD 23.4 M Check that alignment and designed widths are adhered to as loading
on pipe is partially dependent on trench widths.
GD 23.5 Check that specified bedding is used and constructed as per the Contract
Documents.
GD 23.6 M Check that watermain is placed in trench to depth as specified in the

Contract Documents for frost penetration.
GD 23.7 Check that all pipes are correct type and class.
GD 23.8 During progress of work check that pipes, connections and appurtenances
are kept clean and free of foreign material.
GD 23.9 Check that all pipe ends are lubricated with material recommended by the
pipe manufacturer prior to installation.
GD 23.10 Check that fabricated bends are used when changes in line or grade are
required.
GD 23.11 Check that any connections, caps and bends are provided with thrust
blocks and wedges.
GD 23.12 M Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract

Documents and the required compaction checks are made.
GD 23.13 Check that backfill is brought up evenly on both sides of the pipe at the
same time.
95
GD 23.15 Check that appropriate equipment is used for compaction until the
specified depth of cover over the pipe is achieved.
GD 23.16 M Observe all appropriate testing for approvals.
GD 23.17 Check that top of pipe elevations are recorded.
GD 23.18 Check that measurements of bends, ties, connections, etc. are recorded.
GD 23.19 M Check that watermains are flushed and disinfected as specified.
GD 23.20 Check that the founding soil is sound and undisturbed.
96
MANHOLES, CATCHBASINS, AND DITCH INLETS
Task # Activity
action.
GD 24.2 Check type, alignment, offset and grades of manholes, catchbasins and
ditch inlets.
GD 24.3 M Check correct positioning and installation of ladder rungs and safety
grates.
GD 24.4 Visually check all materials used for quality and/or damage (Pre-Cast); i.e.
honeycombing, cracks, voids, surface defects, etc.
GD 24.5 M Check that, backfill materials are as specified in the Contract

GD 24.6 M Check that poured in place manholes, catchbasins and ditch inlets
conform to the Contract Documents.
GD 24.7 Check that the frustum is located and constructed properly.
GD 24.8 Check for the correct placement of reinforcing steel.
GD 24.9 Check that specified compaction is obtained under pipes entering or

exiting manholes, catchbasins and ditch inlets.
GD 24.10 Check for proper placement of weep-holes.
GD 24.11 Check for proper placement of pipe subdrain outlet in structures.
GD 24.12 M Check that manholes, catchbasins and ditch inlets are cleaned out.
Check that excess materials from the work are stored and disposed
of as specified in the Contract Documents Check that
honeycombed areas are parged and the grates and pipes are grouted
upon completion.
97
GEOTEXTILE
Task # Activity
GD 25.2 Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled as required

and forwarded for testing.
GD 25.3 M Check that each roll to be used has a tag showing product name and
number and it meets the design requirements (woven or non-woven,
Class I or Class II, F.O.S.).
GD 25.4 Check that the geotextile is contained in opaque (light blocking) wrapping.
GD 25.5 Check installation area for removal of sharp objects that may puncture the
geotextile.
GD 25.6 Check that the proper overlap has been maintained during installation.
GD 25.7 Check that the geotextile is not exposed to sunlight for more than three
Business Days.
GD 25.8 Check that drop height for material placed onto it is less that 1 metre to
prevent damage of geotextile.
GD 25.9 Check that sufficient geotextile is placed on the ditch sides to prevent
erosion of the sides of the ditch.
GD 25.10 Check that all materials contaminated or damaged during installation are
either replaced or repaired so that the geotextile will perform as intended.
98
GRANULAR BLANKET
Task # Activity
functioning. Examine with the Design-Builder to determine if
additional erosion control measures or additional locations may be
required.
GD 26.2 Check that granular materials comply with the specifications.
GD 26.3 M Check that slope to receive blanket is properly prepared. Excavate

beyond finished surface such that the granular blanket will fit the
theoretical cut slope line.
GD 26.4 Check that granular blanket is placed as excavation progresses and

completion of the blanket coincides with completion of the cut.
GD 26.5 Check construction of interceptor ditches.
GD 26.6 Check the placement of any subdrains below the ditch line.
GD 26.7 Check that care is taken in placement to minimize segregation, especially

if placed under water.
GD 26.8 Check that thickness and evenness of placement will provide a stable free
draining slope material.
99
RIP RAP
Task # Activity
action.
GD 27.2 Check that rip rap material is as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 27.3 Check that rip rap has an adequate foundation.
GD 27.4 M When placed on slopes, check that rip rap is countersunk into the
surface of the slope.
GD 27.5 Check that rip rap is placed in a manner that will not tear or otherwise
damage the geotextile.
GD 27.6 Check that rip rap is placed in accordance with any applicable timing
restrictions.
GD 27.7 Check that the rip rap when placed on a slope is placed at the toe first and
progresses up the slope.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1/E2
100
GABIONS
Task # Activity
action.
GD 28.2 Check that the water table level is managed as specified in the Contract
Documents.
GD 28.3 If working in the water, check that work is isolated from the water as
specified. Check that timing restrictions are adhered to, as specified.
GD 28.4M Confirm that any other relevant environmental constraints have been
addressed.
GD 28.5 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
the approved list that was submitted by the Design-Builder at the
GD 28.6 M Check that the founding soil is sound and undisturbed.
GD 28.7 Check that bed is uniform, trimmed, not frozen and consolidated and
check for the need of scour protection.
GD 28.8 M Check that gabions are installed to the lines and grades as specified
GD 28.9 Check proper assembly, positioning and tying.
GD 28.10 Check that gabions are placed in tension prior to filling to achieve proper
alignment and compaction.
GD 28.11 Check that transverse and vertical joints between gabions are staggered.
GD 28.12 Verify the quality, size and proper placement of the stone.
GD 28.13 Check that the front face is hand packed to minimize voids.
101
TOPSOIL
Task # Activity
GD 29.2 Check that topsoil stockpiles are positioned away from waterbodies.
functioning. Examine with the Design-Builder to determine if
required.
GD 29.4 M Check that the quality of the native, imported, or blended topsoil
meets Contract Document requirements including the submission of
applicable test results.
GD 29.5 Check that topsoil is not used for filling depressions or wasted.
GD 29.6 M Check that topsoil is spread uniformly to the depth specified.
102
SODDING
Task # Activity
action.
GD 30.2 M Check that surface preparation of the areas designated for sodding
has been completed prior to sodding.
GD 30.3 Check application of fertilizer.
GD 30.4 Check placement of sod ensuring that placement is as specified.
GD 30.5 Check that the performance measures are met. If not, perform required
activity under “Failure to Meet Performance Measures” section of the
specification.
103
SEED AND COVER
Task # Activity
action.
.
GD 31.2 Check that Certificate of Seed Analysis is provided by Design-Builder 24
hours prior to application of seed. Review Certificate of Analysis for
compliance with specification
GD 31.3 M Check that the surface preparation of areas to be seeded has been
prepared in accordance with the specification.
GD 31.4 Check that the Design-Builder does not apply seed and cover under
adverse weather conditions as stated in the specification.
GD 31.5 Check that the Design-Builder has laid out all locations for various seed
mixes and different cover types.
GD 31.6 M Check that the specified cover is applied as a separate operation

immediately after the application of seed, fertilizer and water.
GD 31.7 M Follow the inspection intervals and check that the performance
measures are met. If not, perform required activity under “Failure to
Meet Performance Measures” section of the specification.
104
FENCE
Task # Activity
GD 32.2 Check that preservative treated wood is identified with certification marks
authorized by the Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau.
GD 32.3 Check the preservative treated wood to determine if the splits and checks
are within specified limits.
GD 32.4 Check that all posts and rails are fabricated from galvanized steel pipe for
chain link fence.
GD 32.5 M Check that fence is placed in accordance with the requirements of

the property agreements and Contract Documents.
GD 32.6 Check that fence posts are the specified length.
GD 32.7 Check that all end, corner, anchor, line, straining and gate posts are
properly installed with regard to depth, alignment, and spacing.
GD 32.8 Check all bracings are correctly installed.
GD 32.9 Check that loose material in the bottom of the posthole is tamped or
removed prior to placing the posts.
GD 32.10 Check that all posts are vertical with the large end down and that the
backfill is properly tamped.
GD 32.11 Check that steel wire for chain link fence fabric conforms to the
GD 32.12 Check that all fittings and accessories for chain link fences are galvanized.
GD 32.13 Check that all gates for chain link fence open approximately 180 degrees
and that the gates for highway fence open into the owner’s land and close
by gravity.
GD 32.14 Check that all fences are maintained throughout the duration of the
contract.
105
GD 32.15 Check that concrete footings are constructed properly with regards to
forming and placement of concrete.
GD 32.16 Check that all abraded and damaged surfaces are repaired and coated
with approved zinc pigmented paint.
106
GUIDE RAIL
Task # Activity
GD 33.2 Check that all preservative treated wood is identified with certification
marks authorized by the Canadian Wood Preservers Bureau.
GD 33.3 Check a minimum of 10% of the guide rail during installation and record
any deficiencies.
I. Check that cable guide rail is never located behind a curb.
II. Check the guide posts to determine if the splits and checks are within
specified limits.
III. Check that guide rail is erected at the specified location and offset.
IV. Check that guide posts are the specified length.
V. Check that loose material in the bottom of the post hole is tamped or
VI. Check that anchor blocks are constructed properly with regards to
VII. CA to review guiderail layout as per Contract Documents.
GD 33.4 M Complete a detailed inspection of 25 % of the guide rail recording

any deficiencies.
I. Check that all posts are vertical and that the backfill is properly
tamped.
II. Check the guide posts for cracks and splits.
III. Check that stretching, stapling and splicing is completed.
IV. Check that posts are cut off correctly, chamfered and tops
treated and mounting height is correct.
107
V. Check that the steel beam mounting height is correct.
VI. Check that Steel Beam guide rail in the vicinity of concrete
surfaces is bolted to these surfaces.
VII. Confirm placement of reflectorized strips.
VIII. Check that the Steel Beam guide rail elements are overlapped in
the direction of adjacent traffic flow.
IX. Check that where the steel beam guide rail is behind the curb,
the offset is less that 250mm.
X. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
securely to all plates, angles, posts and steel rail, as required.
108
ECCENTRIC LOADER BARRIER AND EXTRUDERS
Task # Activity
GD 34.1 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
GD 34.3 Check the first two end treatments during installation and record any
deficiencies. When deficiencies are identified, inspection frequencies may
be increased with the approval of the CSA.
I. Check the preservative treated wood to determine if the splits and

checks are within specified limits.
II. Check that guide rail is erected at the proper locations.
III. Check that guide rail posts are the specified length.
IV. Check that anchor posts, breakaway posts and offset blocks are
properly installed with regards to depth, alignment and spacing.
Check the holes drilled at the front of the posts are in the direction of
traffic.
V. Check foundation tubes and soils bearing plates are properly

installed.
VI. Check that loose material in the bottom of the posthole is tamped or
VII. Check that foreslope crossfall is graded properly to allow proper end
treatment installation and positive drainage.
GD 34.4 M Complete a detailed inspection of 25% of the end treatments

recording any deficiencies.
tamped.
II. Check in the area 3m wide and 30m long behind the end
treatment that the ground is not steeper than 4:1 and is
109
traversable (protrusions, rip rap, etc. size below 75mm are

acceptable).
III. Check that the strut between foundation tubes at post one and
two is attached properly.
IV. Check that channels are installed at proper locations,

elevations, and are terminated as required.
V. Check that the steel beam mounting height is correct.
VI. Check that cable is snug and the breakaway holes are the
proper size and location.
VII. Check that corrugated steel loader section is installed properly

and all loader assembly installation details are adhered to.
VIII. Check that posts are cut off correctly, corner post (No. 1) is
chamfered and all tops treated.
IX. Check that guide rail cable is properly attached with clamps to
steel beam, as required.
X. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
GD 34.5 M Check that Certification of the Installation of Safety Item forms are
received from the Design-Builder as per the Contract Documents.
110
TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER INSTALLATION AND RELOCATION
Task # Activity
GD 35.1 M Check that barriers meet physical requirements as specified in the

Contract Documents including approved manufacturer.
GD 35.2 Check for any defects in the barrier after installation.
GD 35.3 Check that the AI connector is always inserted in the channel end of
adjacent unit.
GD 35.4 M Check that placement, end treatments and offsets are as specified in
GD 35.5 During construction, periodically check for any misaligned or damaged

barrier. Check that replacement or repair is carried out as required.
GD 35.6 Check that removal or relocation is carried out as specified in the Contract
Documents.
GD 35.7 M Check that Certification of Temporary Precast Concrete Barrier

Installations forms are received from the Design-Builder as per the
Contract Documents.
111
INERTIAL BARRIER MODULE
Task # Activity
GD 36.2 Check that sand/salt mixture is mixed at the approved rate.
GD 36.3 Check that module is assembled correctly, precisely in the configuration

required and at the location as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 36.4 Check that module is set firmly in a vertical position and filled correctly.
112
CRASH/CUSHION ATTENUATING TERMINAL BARRIER
Task # Activity
I. Inspect the preservative treated wood to determine if the splits and

checks are within specified limits.
II. Check that guide rail is erected at the proper locations.
III. Check that guide posts are the specified length.
IV. Check that steel posts are properly installed with regards to depth,
alignment and spacing.
V. Check that loose material in the bottom of the posthole is tamped or


tamped.
II. Check that channels are installed at proper locations, elevations

and are terminated as specified in the Contract Documents.
III. Check that the steel beam mounting height is correct.
IV. Check that spacer channel is installed properly and all

connection details for posts 1 through 6 are adhered to.
V. Check that anchor cable is installed at the correct height.
VI. Check that guide rail is properly attached as required.
113
VII. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
securely to all plates, angles, posts and steel rail as required.
114
TREND END TREATMENT BARRIER
Task # Activity
I. Check that granular is placed to required length and width prior to

forming concrete pad.
II. Check that reinforcing steel is installed as specified in the Contract
Documents.
III. Check that posts are specified length prior to affixing to concrete pad.
IV. Check that plastic sand/salt filled containers are installed correctly.
V. Check that anchor block is constructed properly with regards to
GD 38.3M Complete a detailed inspection of 25% of the end treatments

I. Check that restraining cable is properly attached to post and

anchor block.
II. Check that the steel beam mounting height is correct.
III. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
IV. Check that in the area 4 metres wide behind the end treatment
that the ground is not steeper than 4:1 and is traversable.
(Protrusions, rip rap, anchor block, etc. size below 75mm are
acceptable).
115
GUIDE RAIL ENERGY ABSORBING TERMINAL BARRIER
Task # Activity
GD 39.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
I. Check that the minimum number of bays are constructed to suit

design speed.
II. Check that the length of the concrete pad constructed matches the
design number of bays.

I. Check that the restraining cable is installed when a permanent

system has four or more bays or a temporary system has six bays.
II. Check that delineator posts are installed where median hazards
exist.
III. Check that reflectorized markers are mounted 45 degrees to

centreline of median on both sides of delineator posts.
IV. Check that the thrie beam fender panel height is correct.
V. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
securely to all plates, angles, posts and steel rail as required.
VI. Check where two way traffic is present that a deflector panel is
attached to the system and back of concrete wall or barrier, to shield
against wrong-way hits.
116
CONNETICUT IMPACT ATTENUATION SYSTEM BARRIER
Task # Activity
I. Check that concrete pad and backwall are constructed as specified in

II. Check that granular pad constructed is a minimum 150mm in depth

and compacted.
III. Check that asphaltic concrete pad constructed as specified in the

Contract Documents.

I. Check that cylinders A through N are positioned correctly in

relation to each other by measuring wall thickness of cylinder.
II. Check that the system is placed along the designed centreline.
III. Check that the lids are supplied and attached to the cylinders
with a chain.
IV. Check that the portable (temporary) backwall is supplied when

V. Check that all bolts, washers and nuts are placed and affixed
VI. Check that the back row of cylinders is bolted to the backwall as
117
118
NOISE BARRIER
Task # Activity
GD 41.2 M Check that grading and berm construction is completed as required

in the contract drawings prior to footing construction.
GD 41.3 Check that barrier for tree protection is in place as specified prior to
commencement.
GD 41.4 Check that all loose material is removed from the bottom of the postholes
or is compacted prior to post installation.
GD 41.5 Check that posts are installed to the proper alignment and depth.
GD 41.6 Check that earth and granular material comply with specification and are
compacted to the target density.
GD 41.7 Check that each panel is installed in its proper location in the noise barrier
system.
GD 41.8 Check bottom panels to determine that no voids are visible, required minor
grading is carried out and installation matches ground profile.
GD 41.9 Check that tree pruning is carried out correctly and kept to a minimum.
GD 41.10 M Check that barrier is constructed within the tolerances of the lines
and grades as specified in the Contract Documents.
GD 41.11 Check all galvanized surfaces to determine that any abrasions are
cleaned and painted with the required paint.
GD 41.12 Check that all side fences are reconnected in accordance with Contract
Documents.
GD 41.13 Check the testing of the mounting bolts when attached to retaining walls to
determine that specified torque has been applied.
GD 41.14 Check that all drainage requirements have been implemented.
119
SURCHARGING
Task # Activity
GD 42.1 Check that erosion and sediment control schemes are in place and
functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are insufficient
the Design-Builder must be requested to review and take action.
GD 42.2 M Check that surcharge is built and removed to the requirements

shown in the Contract Documents. Check that surcharge is removed
only after required settlement is achieved, the specified time has
elapsed, or the required pore water pressure has been achieved.
120
HAUL ROADS
Task # Activity
GD 43.1 M Inspect and review haul road prior to construction use with CSA,
Design-Builder and local road officials.
GD 43.2 Obtain photographs or videos are taken prior to haul road being used.
GD 43.3 Check that haul road is upgraded, as required, prior to use.
GD 43.4 Check that Design-Builder adheres to load limits on existing structures

and/or township roads.
GD 43.5 Periodically inspect haul road and to determine if safe conditions exist.
GD 43.6 In the case of a Design-Builder constructed haul road, check that erosion
and sediment control schemes are in place and functioning. Determine if
additional erosion control measures, or additional locations may be
required.
GD 43.7 Check that Design-Builder maintains haul road throughout the duration of
contract, as required.
GD 43.8 M Inspect haul road upon completion of the contract to determine what
repairs are required.
GD 43.9 M Check that Design-Builder restores haul road to a safe condition.
121
WICK DRAINS
Task # Activity
GD 44.1 Check qualifications of specialized subDesign-Builder.
GD 44.2 Check that the wick drain satisfies the physical and mechanical properties
specified.
GD 44.3 Check that sample of wick drain is submitted prior to construction.
GD 44.4 Check that the wick drain is properly stored and protected from sunlight,
dirt, dust, mud, debris and any other detrimental substances.
GD 44.5 Check the appropriate equipment is used to install the wick drains.
GD 44.6 Check if pre-augering is required.
GD 44.7 M Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled as

required and forwarded for testing.
GD 44.8 Check that the installation procedure submission requirement is satisfied.
GD 44.9 Check that trial drains are installed.
GD 44.10 Check layout of drains.
GD 44.11 Check plumbness of drains
GD 44.12 Check cut-off of drains
GD 44.13 Check method for drain installation when obstructions are encountered.
GD 44.14 Check Tip Elevations
GD 44.15 Check for artesian flows
122
TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING
Task # Activity
GD 45.1 M Check prior to delivery that the specified plantings are per design
requirements including that species are suitable for the zone
specified on applicable landscape planting plan.
GD 45.2 Check the location of all landscape plantings before planting.
GD 45.3 Check that all planting occur within the specified operational time
constraints.
GD 45.4 Check that planting operation has met all applicable Contract Document
requirements.
GD 45.5 M After planting check and verify all sizes, materials and locations are
supplied according to the specifications.
GD 45.6 W Check that the end results meets the provisions of the maintenance
and warranty requirements including winter protection of conifers.
Follow the inspection interval specified in the NSSP.
123
GROUND MOUNTED SIGN PLACEMENT
Task # Activity
GD 46.1 Record location of those signs, which are not identified in the Contract
Documents as requiring replacement, relocation or removal (i.e. existing
signs which should be in original location at the end of the contract).
Record sign’s condition and take a picture.
GD 46.2 Verify that Design-Builder is properly storing signs, which have been
removed for construction activities, to be reinstalled at the end of the
contract. (Signs should be removed from posts and stored neatly)
GD 46.3 M Within 2 weeks of sign pickup by Design-Builder, verify that all signs
have been received and that their sizes and messages are correct.
Report sign errors to CCO, as soon as possible, to facilitate their
timely replacement.
GD 46.4 Verify that new signs are being stored in a proper manner (i.e. off the
ground and protected from the elements).
GD 46.5 Check that each sign installation is at its designated location and lateral
offset, and placed to the proper depth. Record the reason for field
adjustment ( Utilities, public complaint, conflict with another sign or object).
GD 46.6 Verify that metal posts are galvanized and that wood posts are pressure-
treated as per relevant OPSS’s.
GD 46.7 Check that the sign support is correct size and type. Check that posts are
plumb and oriented to approaching traffic. Check that steel posts are not
bent and that wood posts are not cracked, twisted or warped significantly.
GD 46.8 Check that correct sign message is mounted on the support. Verify
sequence of sign boards on support with contract drawings. Verify that
sign is mounted level and to the height listed in the Sign Work Tables.
Check that sign has not been damaged during installation.
GD 46.9 Verify that all sign and support removals have been completed. Check
that all materials (signs and posts) have been removed from site.
GD 46.10 Check that sign is not obstructed by another sign or object. This is
especially important for signs such as Stop, Stop Ahead and
Checkerboards
124
GD 46.11 Check that new sign installation in the vicinity of an intersection does not
restrict the view of approaching highway traffic from the intersecting road.
GD 46.12 M Check that constructed unit is as per design requirements.
GD 46.13 Check that applicable submissions are received by Design-Builder.
125
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE INSPECTION FACILITY
Task # Activity
GD 47.1 M Check that the Design-Builder has obtained required permits prior to
proceeding with associated work.
GD 47.2 Maintain a separate Inspector’s diary to clearly document the progress of

all work at the facility including, but not limited to, the following operations;
demolition, excavation, foundation, septic systems, structural steel,
building construction, HVAC, electrical, plumbing, site services, weigh
scales, finishes and related site works.
GD 47.3 M Check the construction conforms to the Contract Documents,

Ontario Building Code, municipal bylaws and associated regulations.
GD 47.4 M Check that delivered material is in compliance with the Contract

Documents.
GD 47.5 M Check that inspections required of the local building authority are
carried out and documented prior to proceeding with subsequent
work.
GD 47.6 Perform joint inspections of the work with the Design-Builder, building
inspectors and Ministry staff.
GD 47.7 Receive shop drawings, proposals and other Design-Builder submissions

providing applicable recommendations .
GD 47.8 M Prepare deficiency lists and check that all defects in the work are
corrected.
GD 47.9Provide required sampling and testing as per Contract Documents
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1/D2
126
COMPACTION CONTROL STRIP
Task # Activity
GD 48.1 Check that a new control strip is established at the time of initial use of
each source, when there is a perceptive change in the appearance and/or
gradation of materials, at least once per calendar year on all carry-over
contracts, after each 10 QC lots of material have been completed for earth
and after each 25 QC lots of material have been completed for granulars
(base, subbase and select subgrade applications only).
GD 48.2 Check that a suitable location has been selected for the control strip.
GD 48.3 Check that all required laboratory test results have been received prior to
construction of the control strip.
GD 48.4 Check that the type of compaction equipment to be used is suited to the
material to be compacted, the degree of compaction required and space
available.
GD 48.5 Check that the target density of the control strip is determined at a field
moisture content within the allowable tolerances.
127
CONCRETE AND STRUCTURES – TASK CS 1
CONCRETE MATERIAL, PRODUCTION AND TESTING
Task # Activity
CS 1.1 Obtain Form A portion of the concrete mix design along with the
supporting documentation at least 14 Days prior to placement of concrete
and review it to determine if it meets the Contract Document requirements.
Check that the concrete plant supplier is certified. Check that all materials
are from approved lists and meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Issue written confirmation that the concrete mix design
submission meets the Contract Document requirements or advise the
Design-Builder of any requirements that have not been met.
CS 1.2 Check that the required quality assurance samples of water, admixtures, and
cementing materials are taken and delivered to the appropriate laboratories.
CS 1.3 Identify which method of acceptance will be used for compressive strength.
For acceptance method A, determine lot and sublot sizes and generate
random numbers
CS 1.4 Check that the technician performing the testing of plastic concrete is certified
by A.C.I. or C.S.A.
CS 1.5 M Check concrete delivery tickets are checked for correct class of
concrete, mix design number and batching time, and record the
discharge time, and other information required by the Contract
Documents. Check that the Design-Builder records the amount of any
material added after batching, rejection of a load or part thereof, time
truck arrived on site and the time when the truck finished discharging.
CS 1.6 Check that plastic concrete is sampled and tested according to the Contract
Documents. Identify to the Design-Builder concrete loads from which
performance cylinders, or other cylinders for information purposes, are to be
cast as the loads arrive on site.
CS 1.7 Check that test cylinders are handled, cured and transported as per C.S.A.
and/or Contract Documents.
CS 1.8 Check that appropriate curing regime is used for curing of concrete.
CS 1.9 Check that the required quality assurance samples of curing compound, as
applicable, are taken and delivered to the testing laboratory.
CS 1.10 Obtain submission for “Plastic Concrete Test Results” after each day’s work.
The submission shall include copies of delivery tickets for each load of
128
concrete and a summary of testing, adjustments, rejections, as specified in

CS 1.11 Obtain submissions for “Cylinder Curing Records” at the completion of the
field curing period.
CS 1.12 Determine the quantity of concrete in lots using the dimensions in the
Contract Documents, for the purpose of calculating payment adjustment for
air void system and rapid chloride permeability.
CS 1.13 Identify random locations for coring specimens for AVS and RCP.
CS 1.14 Forward compressive strength, AVS and RCP test results and add payment
adjustment information to the Design-Builder as the results become available.
For compressive strength forward analysis of results at a minimum of monthly
intervals.
CS 1.15 Check appropriateness of material selected to fill in core holes.
CS 1.16 Obtain the Design-Builder’s written intent to invoke compressive strength,

AVS or RCP referee testing within 5 Business Days of the Design-Builder
receiving the test results for the sublot or lot, as applicable.
129
CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Use this task in conjunction with CS 1
Task # Activity
CS 2.1 Obtain submission for “Bridge Deck Placement Plan”, when applicable, a
minimum of one week prior to the commencement of placing concrete in
bridge decks.
CS 2.2 Obtain submission for “Temperature Control Plans” for concrete subject
to cold weather, high performance concrete, bridge decks and large
concrete components where the smallest dimension is 1.5 m and verify
that they meet the Contract Document requirements for control of
temperature and temperature difference.
CS 2.3 Check that the “Notification of Placement of Structural Concrete” form

letter is issued, prior to each placing operation and that the form is signed
by the Design-Builder.
CS 2.4 Check that the data logger temperature records and records of any action
taken to maintain control of temperature and temperature difference are
submitted at the end of each working day during the temperature
monitoring period.
CS 2.6 Obtain information related to curing compound application specified in the

Contract Documents, at least one week prior to the application.
CS 2.7 Review details of “pre-placement” meeting regularly for compliance.
CS 2.8 Check that deck finishing equipment is as specified in the Contract

Documents.
CS 2.9 Check that deck finisher dry run is conducted.
CS 2.10 Check transferring systems (concrete pumps, belts, runways, etc.).
CS 2.11 Check that curing materials and, in cold weather, all protection materials
have been delivered to the site before any concrete is placed.
CS 2.12 Check that the thermocouples for temperature and temperature difference
control are installed as per the Design-Builder’s plan.
CS 2.13 Check that the concrete and concrete testing is in accordance with CS 1.
130
CS 2.14 Check that placement operations are as specified in the Contract

Documents.
CS 2.15 Check that vibratory equipment is in good operating condition and meets
specification requirements.
CS 2.16 Check for adequate consolidation and proper use of vibrators.
CS 2.17 Check that finishing of plastic concrete is as specified in the Contract

Documents.
CS 2.18 Check that finished concrete is within tolerances specified in the Contract
Documents.
CS 2.19 Check that specified curing is carried out. For HPC check structure decks,
approach slabs, curbs and sidewalks, to check that fog mist is applied
continuously from the time concrete is deposited in the deck until it is
covered with burlap. Check that burlap is prevented from freezing during
cold weather.
CS 2.20 Check that temperature control requirements for cold weather, bridge deck
and large concrete components are carried out as specified in the
Contract Documents, where applicable.
CS 2.21 Take random readings of thermocouples installed in bridge deck and

substructure and compare to the datalogger temperature records
submitted by the Design-Builder, to verify thermocouple function and
readings.
CS 2.22 M Carry out the covermeter survey on the top surface of decks
(including medians and sidewalks) and front face of concrete
barrier/parapet walls. Results are to be submitted to the Quality
Assurance Section electronically within 4 Business Days of
completing the survey.
CS 2.23 Check that cracks are identified, documented and a proposal for remedial
action submitted for review and acceptance.
CS 2.25 Give or deny permission to waterproof following completion of a bridge

deck repair based on verification that the repair has been completed
satisfactorily and the deck has dried for three (3) Days.
CS 2.26 Accept components with formed and unformed surfaces based on

verification that the cracks in the completed work were treated as required
by the specification.
131
– B1 / E2 during curing operation and after the initial set
132
TREMIE CONCRETE
Use this task in conjunction with CS 1 and CS 2
Task # Activity
CS 3.1 Check that erosion and sediment control schemes are in place and
functioning prior to placement of Tremie concrete.
CS 3.2 Check that unwatering is not carried out prior to when it is specified in the
Contract Documents.
CS 3.3 M Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and
that the Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hoses,
filter bags, etc.) on site as required in the environmental submission.
Check that the Design-Builder has obtained a Permit to Take Water in
accordance with Special Provision 100S59 before unwatering is
carried out.
CS 3.4 Check that placement operations are as specified.
CS 3.5 Check that concrete material, production and testing is in accordance with
CS 1 and that placement, consolidation, finishing and curing operations
are in accordance with CS2.
CS 3.6 Check elevation at which the placement is terminated.
CS 3.7 M Check proper removals, cleaning and soundness of top surface prior
to placing additional concrete.
CS 3.8 Check that the formed enclosure meets water tightness specified in the
Design-Builder’s submission, when placement is required next to a
watercourse.
133
CURB AND GUTTER

Task # Activity
CS 4.1 Check that proper type of curb is constructed as per the Contract
Documents.
CS 4.2 Check for proper alignment, grade and proper granular base preparation.
CS 4.3 Check for proper positioning of joints.
CS 4.4 Check for proper positioning of manhole frames and grates.
CS 4.5 Check that concrete material, production and testing are in accordance
with CS 1.
CS 4.6 Check that placement, consolidation, finishing and curing operations are
as specified in the Contract Documents..
CS 4.7 Check for proper drop curb at entrances and at Traffic Signal locations.
– A-1 During concrete placement
134
CONCRETE SIDEWALK
Task # Activity
CS 5.1 Check for proper alignment, grade, granular base preparation and extra
thickness at entrances.
CS 5.2 Check for proper positioning of construction joints and expansion joints.
CS 5.3 Check that concrete material, production and testing are in accordance
with CS 1.
CS 5.3 Check that placement, consolidation finishing and curing operations are as
CS 5.4 Check that a chase is installed on structures where a chase is specified in

– A-1 During concrete placement
135
CONCRETE BARRIER WALLS

Use this task in conjunction with CS 1and CS2
Task # Activity
CS 6.1 Check that the method of construction is as specified in the Contract

Documents
CS 6.2 Conventional Wooden or Steel Form Method

(i) Check for correct alignment, grade and granular base preparation.
(ii) Check for correct joint detail and spacing.
(iii) Check that the inside face of formwork is clean and in good order,
to produce a smooth cast face.
(iv) Check that the barrier wall forms are adequately restrained to
prevent uplift.
(v) Check that railing mounts / anchorages are correctly installed
(Location, elevation, flushness, and anchor bolt protrusion is
adequate for tube rails)
(vi) Check that concrete material, production and testing is in
accordance with CS 1.
(vii) Check that concrete placement, consolidation and finishing
operations are as specified in CS2.
(viii) Check that specified curing requirements are carried out.
(ix) Check for surface tolerances and cracking.
CS 6.3 Extruded Method (Not allowed on bridge decks)

(i) Check for correct alignment, grade and granular base preparation.
(ii) Check that specified percentage of air is being maintained.
(iii) Check that construction joints, isolation joints and contraction joints
are constructed as per the Contract Documents.
(iv) Check that specified curing requirements are met.
(v) Check for surface tolerances and cracking.
(vii) Check that the E.R.S. requirements have been met where
applicable.
CS 6.4 Pre-Cast (Not allowed on bridge decks)

(i) Check that the foundation is prepared for acceptance of pre-cast
units.
(ii) Check that pre-cast units are as specified and are supplied from the
approved list.
(iii) Check for correct installation of interlocking devices and check that
no damaged units are installed.
(iv) Check for correct alignment and grade.
136
CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT

Task # Activity
CS 7.1 Obtain a plan detailing curing and protection when concrete is placed in
cold weather conditions. Check that the plan includes the method by
which in-place minimum concrete temperatures are maintained.
and review it to determine if it meets the Contract Document requirements.
Check to that the Regional Quality Assurance Section has received Form
B of the concrete mix design from the concrete supplier prior to placement
of concrete.
CS 7.3 Check that all the delivered material is supplied from the approved list and
is properly stored, sampled and tested.
CS 7.4 Issue written confirmation that the concrete mix design submission meets
the Contract Document requirements or advise the Design-Builder of any
requirements that have not been met.
CS 7.5 Check that the tie bars and dowel bars are the proper length and
diameter. Check that the tie bars and dowel bars are properly stored on-
site and the amount of damage to the epoxy coated. Reject any bars not
meeting the Contract Document requirements.
CS 7.6 Check for proper alignment, grade and base preparation.
CS 7.7 Check that the dowel bars are entirely coated with bond breaker prior to
installing them.
CS 7.8 Check that the dowel bars and tie bars are placed and remain in the
specified location. Check that load transfer devices are placed on the
proper skew and staked in place. Check that the spacer wires are cut on
the load transfer devices prior to placing concrete. Check that the location
of the dowel bars are visibly marked on the side of the concrete for joint
cutting.
CS 7.9 Check the temperature of the existing surface to receive the concrete, to
determine that it is not above 35ºC or below 5ºC. Check the air
temperature to determine that it is not below 0ºC or above 32ºC prior to or
during the concrete placing operation.
137
CS 7.10 Load transfer devices should be checked following paving operations to

determine that they have not been moved.
CS 7.11 Check that concrete placement, consolidation, finishing and curing

operations are in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CS 7.12 Check that the specified trial run of the paving equipment is made when
specified. After the first day’s production, check cut-out to determine that
the position and alignment of the dowel bars is according to the Contract
Document requirements. Check that repair is according to the Contract
Documents.
CS 7.13 When fixed form pavers are used, check that hand held vibrators are used
properly to supplement consolidation.
CS 7.14 Check that specified finishing and texturing procedures are adhered to.
Check the width, centres and depth of grooves to determine that they
meet the Contract Document requirements.
CS 7.15 Check that timing of form removal is as specified and any honeycombed
areas are properly repaired.
CS 7.16 Check that the joints are the correct type and are cut at the proper
location.
CS 7.17 Check that the initial sawcut is made to the depth specified in the Contract
Documents. Check that this initial sawcut is done within the constraints
specified in the Contract Documents, without damaging the concrete
surface.
CS 7.18 Inspect hardened concrete surface for cracks outside of the joints and to
determine that it is within surface tolerance.
CS 7.19 M Check that traffic is not permitted on the concrete pavement/base

until the concrete has attained a compressive strength of 20 MPa.
CS 7.20 Check that Quality Assurance cores are obtained and delivered to the
designated laboratory.
CS 7.21 Calculate the Percent Within Limits for the criteria of strength and
thickness.
CS 7.22 Check that the profile measuring device (PMD) meets the Contract
Document requirements and that it has been correlated with the Owner’s
PMD.
138
CS 7.23 Check that the measuring of the concrete surface for roughness is carried
out as per the Contract Documents in the presence of the CA.
CS 7.24 M Check profile traces and check that scallops are ground prior to
sealing joints, where specified.
CS 7.25 Calculate the Percent Within Limits for the criteria of surface roughness.
CS 7.26 Check that the Work has an effluent containment system in place.
CS 7.27 Check that reservoir cuts are made to specified widths and depths.
CS 7.28 Check that the reservoir cuts are immediately flushed with water to
remove slurry as per the Contract Document requirements.
CS 7.29 Check that all the joint faces are abrasive blast cleaned according to the
Contract Documents immediately prior to joint sealing and are blown clean
and dry.
CS 7.30 Check that reservoir cuts are sealed according to the Contract Document
requirements.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A1 / A2
139
CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – FULL DEPTH REPAIR
Task # Activity
and review it to determine that it meets the Contract Document
requirements. Check that the Regional Quality Assurance Section has
received Form B of the concrete mix design from the concrete supplier
prior to placement of concrete.
CS 8.3 M Obtain documentation certifying that the superplasticizer meets the

special provision requirements.
CS 8.4 M Obtain the Design-Builder’s linear shrinkage test results within 40

Days of the mix design submission and forward a copy to the Quality
Assurance Section and a copy to the Concrete Section.
CS 8.5 M Check that all supporting test data is not more than 12 months old
from the date the concrete mix design was submitted.
CS 8.6 M Obtain the Design-Builders details of the method of concrete

removal at least two weeks prior to start of any work and check that
it is according to the special provision.
CS 8.7 Obtain and review submissions for Cold and Hot Weather Concrete.
CS 8.8 Check that removal limits shown in the contract drawings are appropriate
to existing field conditions.
CS 8.9 Check that the saw cuts are full depth.
CS 8.10 Check Design-Builder is using proper equipment to remove the concrete

slabs.
CS 8.11 Check that the concrete removal operation does not damage the subbase
or adjacent concrete surfaces. If the subbase is disturbed, check that
disturbed material is removed.
140
CS 8.12 Check that the dowels, tie bars and load transfer devices are placed as
CS 8.13 Check that gang drills are used to drill holes for dowel bars.
CS 8.14 Check that all dowel bars are completely encased by epoxy for the full
depth of the hole and that a grout retention disk is attached.
CS 8.15 Check preparation work, concrete placement, consolidation, finishing and

curing procedures are according to the Contract Documents.
CS 8.16 Check that the technician performing the testing of plastic concrete is
certified by A.C.I. or C.S.A.
CS 8.17 Check concrete delivery tickets for correct class of concrete, mix design
number and batching time.
CS 8.18 Check that the concrete is sampled and tested in accordance with the
special provision.
CS 8.19 Check the completed work for any of the defects listed in the special
provision. Check that surface of the concrete meets the surface
tolerances stated in the special provision.
CS 8.20 Calculate the Percent Within Limit for the 28-Day compressive strength.
CS 8.21 Check that the Work has an effluent containment system in place.
CS 8.22 Submit all supporting documentation to the Quality Assurance within 4

Business Days of receiving results.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A2 until Design-Builder demonstrates satisfactory

performance of operation then reducing to E2.
141
CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – FULL DEPTH REPAIR (FAST TRACK)

Task # Activity
CS 9.1 Obtain fast track repair submission at the time of the mix design
submission and verify that it meets the requirements of the special
provision for both the Autogenous Method and the Maturity Method.
CS 9.2 Review and approve or reject Design-Builder’s proposed location for the
trial area, if location is not designated in the Contract Documents.
CS 9.3 Check the Design-Builder’s ability to adequately complete the trial repair
area within the time frame of the closure as defined in the Contract
Documents.
CS 9.4 Check repair trial area for deficiencies such as poor finish and cracks.
CS 9.5 Check that the Design-Builder has verified the calibration charts.
CS 9.6 M Give or deny permission to proceed with repairs to the Work.
CS 9.7 Check that mid-lane longitudinal joints are as per the special provision.
CS 9.8 Check that autogenous cylinders are made and tested according to the
special provision.
CS 9.9 Check that the Design-Builder has installed 2 thermocouple wires for early
strength determination in the final full depth repair area for each closure
according to the special provision.
142
CONCRETE & STRUCTURES - TASK CS 10
CONCRETE BASE AND PAVEMENT – PARTIAL DEPTH REPAIR
Task # Activity
received Form B of the concrete mix design from the concrete supplier
prior to placement of concrete.
CS 10.3 M Obtain documentation certifying that the superplasticizer meets the

special provision.
CS 10.4 Obtain the Design-Builder’s linear shrinkage test results within 40 Days of
the time the mix design submission and forward a copy to the Quality
Assurance Section and a copy to the Concrete Section.
CS 10.5 Check that all supporting test data is not more than 12 months old from
the date the concrete mix design was submitted.
CS 10.6 Obtain the Design-Builders details of the method of concrete removal at

least two weeks prior to start of any work and check that it is according to
the special provision.
CS 10.7 If the Design-Builder submits a proposal to use a proprietary product

instead of concrete, check if material is on the Ministry’s approval list and
that the dimension of the repair area(s) are less than 300 mm.
CS 10.8 Delineate the limits of the areas to be repaired.
CS 10.9 Check that the perimeter of the repair area is sawcut vertically to a depth
of 25 mm.
CS 10.10 Check that concrete removals are carried out using a chipping hammer to
a minimum depth of 50 mm and up to a maximum depth of one-third the
thickness of the existing concrete slab.
143
CS 10.11 Check that preparation work, prior to placing concrete is carried out
according to the Contract Documents. (ie. Abrasive blast cleaning, pre-
wetting and application of bonding agent)
CS 10.12 Check that joints are formed in the repair area, where the repair includes
an existing pavement joint or working crack. Check joints are formed
according to the Contract Documents.
CS 10.13 Check concrete placement, consolidation, finishing and curing procedures

are according to the Contract Documents.
CS 10.14 Check the work for any of the defects listed in the special provision.
CS 10.15 Calculate the Percent Within Limit for the 28-Day compressive strength.
CS 10.16 Submit all supporting documentation to the Quality Assurance Section

within 4 Business Days of receiving results.
144
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – REMOVAL OF

WATERPROOFING SYSTEM FROM DECK SURFACE
(For deck to be subsequently rehabilitated by patch / waterproofing and paving)
Task # Activity
CS 11.1 M Check that all old waterproofing membrane is completely removed

from the concrete surface without any damage to the existing
surface of the deck. Identify any damage to the deck surface due to
removal operation of waterproofing and all repairs and remedial work
that needs to be carried out prior to waterproofing.
CS 11.2 Check that all repairs and remedial work to the concrete deck have been
completed.
CS 11.3 Check that dust and debris from exposed work, and from construction
operations such as concrete cutting / grinding, abrasive blast cleaning of
concrete and steel, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian and vehicular
traffic within the ROW, adjacent residential / commercial / institutional
properties, and is not entering a watercourse or Environmentally
Significant Area.
145
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE REMOVALS
Task # Activity
CS 12.1 Obtain from the Design-Builder an identification of equipment and

manufacturer’s published specification for concrete removals.
CS 12.2 Obtain Working Drawings for “Concrete Removal – Structural

Component” and “Concrete Removal – Complete Deck” at least one week
prior to the commencement of the concrete removals and verify that it
meets the Contract Document requirements and that it has been sealed
and signed by the Design Engineer and Design Check Engineer.
CS 12.3 M Obtain a Certificate of Conformance upon completion of the

designated concrete removal for each structural component and / or
the complete deck as per requirements of the Contract Documents.
CS 12.4 Obtain notification from the Design-Builder 24 hours prior to the

commencement of the scarifying operation.
CS 12.5 Upon receipt of written notification from the Design-Builder to carry out all
applicable concrete survey(s), check that all work requirements identified
in the Contract Documents have been completed by the Design-Builder
prior to commencing concrete surveys.
CS 12.6 Notify the Quality Assurance Section and the Regional Structural Section
as soon as the Design-Builder submits notification to commence with the
concrete surveys.
CS 12.7 Carry out a covermeter survey (if applicable) for all asphalt covered decks
after the first pass of the scarifying equipment where concrete removals
from the top surface of the deck are specified. Grid points shall be the
same as the ones on the corrosion potential survey, where specified. Plot
readings on a separate drawing other than the concrete removal survey
drawing.
CS 12.8 Carry out, as per the Contract Document requirement, the following
concrete removal surveys as part of determining and demarcating the
actual location and extent of removals:
• Visual and Delamination Survey– Identify areas of scaling,
honeycombing and delaminated concrete.
• Corrosion Potential Survey (Half-Cell) (if applicable) – where concrete
is to be removed based on corrosion potential criteria when specified in
146
the Contract Documents. Grid points shall be the same as the ones for
the original bridge deck condition survey.
CS 12.9 Carry out concrete removal survey(s) for the soffit when Type B or
localized full depth removals in the deck are specified in the Contract
Documents.
CS 12.10 Determine full depth localized removal areas in the deck by performing the
following:
• Complete the concrete removal surveys on both the top surface of the
deck and the soffit.
• Superimpose both the concrete removal surveys on the original bridge
deck condition survey.
CS 12.11 Determining areas of removal on structures where the existing concrete

overlay will not be completely removed by performing the following:
• Complete the concrete removal survey(s) on the top surface of the
overlay.
• Complete a second delamination survey on the top surface of the
original deck within the removal area, after the concrete has been
removed.
• Demarcate removal areas where the concrete is delaminated in the
second survey.
CS 12.12 Superimpose all concrete removal surveys on original bridge deck

condition surveys. Clearly identify all delaminations and actively corroding
areas in different colours.
CS 12.13 M Immediately after completion of surveys, deliver coloured copies of

the covermeter survey and the concrete removal survey(s), along
with revised estimated quantities, to the Regional Structural Section
for review and approval.
CS 12.14 M After permission to remove concrete and/or further direction has

been received from the Regional Structural Section; the CA shall
square off and clearly identify all removal areas with spray paint.
CS 12.15 M Provide the Design-Builder with written permission to proceed with

the concrete removals.
CS 12.16 Demarcate all areas of exposed reinforcing steel prior to scarifying

operation. For scarifying greater than 10 mm, demarcate areas of low
cover.
CS 12.17 Check weight of equipment does not exceed the limit specified.
147
CS 12.18 Check portion of the structure to be scarified and depth of scarifying are
CS 12.19 Check portion of curb face, barrier wall or parapet wall which will be
covered by an overlay is roughened according to the Contract Documents.
CS 12.20 Check that concrete removal is being done correctly and as specified in
the Contract Documents. (ie. Hammer size and strokes, size and weight
of equipment, location and depth of removals, staging of removal and
strength of adjacent new concrete)
CS 12.21 M After concrete removals are completed, check within the demarcated
areas and along the perimeter for soundness of concrete and
delamination to determine if additional removals are required.
CS 12.22 Notify the Quality Assurance Section and Regional Structural Section if
the concrete is delaminated beyond 25 mm of the 1st layer of reinforcing
steel; or if the Design-Builder has removed concrete more than the
specified depth.
CS 12.23 Check existing reinforcing steel, post-tensioned cables, adjacent concrete,

hardware and components to remain in place are not damaged during
concrete removal. Check that existing concrete to remain in place has not
been contaminated.
CS 12.24 Check reinforcing steel to remain in place for bar loss and heavy rust.
Notify the Regional Structural Section if bar loss is greater than 20 % or
heavy rust exists in any location.
CS 12.25 Check that the Design-Builder does not damage the top flange of steel
girders. If damage does take place, all relevant details, including size and
location of the damage shall be documented and reported to the Regional
Structural Section within 48 hours.
CS 12.26 For full depth removal with full depth sawcut construction joint, check that
the sawcut surfaces are roughened.
148
Significant Area.
CS 12.29 Check that environmental protection enclosures or containment systems

are in place and functioning.
149
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION - SURFACE PREPARATION
Task # ACTIVITY
CS 13.1 Check surface of deck to determine whether extra work is required (i.e.
to correct scaling).
CS 13.2 M Check that surface preparation is as specified in the Contract

Documents.
operations such as concrete cutting / grinding, abrasive blast cleaning
of concrete and steel, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian and
vehicular traffic within the ROW, adjacent residential / commercial /
institutional properties, and is not entering a watercourse or
Environmentally Significant Area.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION - D2
150
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – NORMAL CONCRETE OVERLAY

Task # Activity
CS1.
CS 14.2 Obtain documentation certifying that the superplasticizer meets the

requirements of the special provision.
the mix design submission and forward to the Quality Assurance Section
within 4 Business Days of receiving results.
CS 14.5 Check that the screed rails have been installed outside the area to be
waterproofed.
CS 14.6 M Check that the Design-Builder’s trial run has been completed before
each placing operation and determine that the minimum thickness of
the overlay can be achieved.
CS 14.7 M Check that the Design-Builder has verified that the screed rails and
finishing machine have been set to allow the thickness of the overlay
to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents before
proceeding with the placement of the overlay.
CS 14.8 M Check that all full depth patches have been repaired prior to placing
the overlay, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 14.9 M Check that concrete for all partial depth removal areas in the deck
are placed at the same time as the overlay.
CS 14.10 Check that overlay is not placed adjacent to any new concrete less than
48 hours old. If the ambient air temperature falls below 10° C within the
first 48 hours after placement of concrete, the 48hour time requirement is
extended to 96 hours.
CS 14.11 Check the temperature of the air and existing concrete surface to receive
the overlay, to determine that it meets Contract Document requirements
prior to and during concrete operations
151
CS 14.12 If the air temperature drops below 5ºC during curing, check that cold
weather protection is provided according to the specifications.
CS 14.13 Check equipment and runways for the concrete transporting equipment to
check that they are not supported by reinforcing steel.
CS 14.14 Check that only the finishing machine and buggies used to place concrete
are allowed on the abrasive blast cleaned portions of the deck. No other
vehicles or equipment, including concrete ready mix trucks shall be
permitted.
CS 14.15 Check that heavy vehicles such as concrete ready mix trucks or dump
trucks are not permitted on the deck where concrete removal has taken
place.
CS 14.16 Check that concrete surface and reinforcing steel have been abrasive
blast cleaned according to CS 43.
CS 14.17 Check that removal of all dust and loose material is carried out by oil-free
compressed air.
CS 14.18 Check that the prepared surface is maintained in a wet condition for six
hours prior to placing concrete.
CS 14.19 Check that excess water is removed by oil-free compressed air

immediately prior to application of bonding agent.
CS 14.20 Check that areas of reinforcing steel and prepared concrete surface are
protected from oil leaks and dropping grout or concrete from placing
equipment.
CS 14.21 Check that all vertical and horizontal surfaces against which the overlay
will be placed receive a thorough, even coating of bonding grout, with no
excess left in place.
CS 14.22 Check that the application of grout is such that the brushed material does
not become dry before it is covered with overlay concrete. Check that
bonding grout, which is not used within 30 minutes after mixing, is
discarded.
CS 14.23 Check that concrete placement, consolidation, finishing and curing

procedures are in accordance with CS 2unless specified otherwise in the
Contract Documents.
152
CS 14.24 Check that the overlay is cured with burlap and water regardless of
ambient temperature. Check that the burlap is maintained in a
continuously wet condition throughout the curing period by means of a
soaker hose. The soaker hoses shall be placed on the burlap prior to
placing the moisture barrier.
CS 14.25 Check that the burlap is prevented from freezing during cold weather.
CS 14.26 Obtain temperature-monitoring data to check that the concrete

temperature does not fall below 10ºC within 7 Days following concrete
placement.
CS 14.27 Check that the construction joints are placed as specified in the Contract
Documents.
CS 14.28 Define the lots and determine core locations for air void system and
tensile bond strength test.
CS 14.29 Check that the tensile bond strength cores and air void system cores are
carried out as per the Contract Document requirements. Check that the
core holes have been filled according to the Contract Document
requirements.
CS 14.30 Obtain and review tensile bond strength results within 4 Business Days of
testing and forward the results to the Quality Assurance Section.
CS 14.31 Check the overlay for any areas of debonding, honeycombed areas or
cracks.
CS 14.32 Obtain and verify Design-Builder’s crack inspection report and review
Design-Builder’s crack treatment proposal if applicable.
CS 14.33 Check that permission to waterproof is not issued until cracks are treated
(if applicable) and the deck is air dried for three Days.
153
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CATHODICPROTECTION - ANODE MESH

SYSTEMAND CONCRETE OVERLAY
Task # Activity
CS 15.1 M Check that all delivered material, equipment and cabinets are
supplied from the approved list in the Contract Documents.
CS 15.2 Review all required submissions for conformance with Contract

Documents.
CS 15.3 Check that one copy of all required submissions is forwarded to Bridge
Office.
CS 15.4 Check that all patch repair has been completed in accordance with
Contract Documents before any wiring, reference cells and anode mesh is
placed.
CS 15.5 Check that the top surface of all patched areas has been scarified or
roughened in accordance with Contract Documents before anode mesh is
placed.
CS 15.6 Check that all saw cuts for wiring and reference cells installation are within
the specified tolerance for depth, width and locations, and are properly
filled with specified material afterwards without any voids.
CS 15.7 Check placement and anchoring of anode mesh, welding of distribution

bars, and verify tests for short circuits between anode mesh, rebars and
other metallic appurtenances.
CS1.
CS 15.9 Check that all electrical equipment, including CP cabinets, junction boxes,
etc. is properly located as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 15.10 M Check that the acceptance testing is performed in accordance with

the Contract Documents; review the acceptance testing report.
154
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – SILICA FUMECONCRETE OVERLAY

Use this task in conjunction with CS 1, CS 2 and CS 14
Task # Activity
CS 16.1 Verify that the concrete mix and materials meet the requirements of the
Special Provision for rapid chloride permeability at 28 Days.
CS 16.2 Check that the trial run procedures are in accordance with CS14 and
thatthe Design-Builder has demonstrated their ability to fog mist using the
same equipment to be used for the overlay.
CS 16.3 Check that fog mist is applied continuously from the time of screeding until
concrete is covered with burlap.
CS 16.4 Define the lots and determine core locations for air void system, tensile
bond strength and rapid chloride permeability test.
CS 16.5 Obtain and review rapid chloride permeability results within 4 Business
Days of testing and forward the results to the Quality Assurance Section.
Significant Area.
155
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION -LATEX-MODIFIED CONCRETE OVERLAY
Task # Activity
CS 17.1 M Check that all the delivered material is being supplied from the
approved list and stored properly. Check that material supplied by
the Design-Builder is sampled and tested as specified in the Contract
Documents.
CS 17.2 M Check that fine and coarse aggregate (enough for each stage) are
stockpiled at the site three weeks prior to placing concrete. Sample
as per Contract Document requirements and deliver to designated
lab for mix design purposes. Check that sufficient latex modifier to
complete each stage is delivered at least seven (7) Days prior to
placing concrete.
CS 17.3 M Check that concrete mix design is available prior to the material
discharge test on the mixing unit.
CS 17.4 Check that the aggregate discharge test and the test for flow rate of latex
modifier are carried out as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 17.5 M Check that Design-Builder carries out a yield test as specified in the
Contract Documents. Check dimensions of yield box and verify that
data is being recorded accurately.
CS 17.6 Check that the trial run procedures are in accordance with CS 14.
CS 17.7 Check that the placement and quality assurance procedures are in
accordance with CS 14 unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
156
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE PATCHES

Task # Activity
CS 18.1 Obtain documentation certifying that the superplasticizer meets the

requirements of the special provision.
the mix design submission and forward to the Quality Assurance Section.
CS 18.4 For FORM AND PUMP placement method, obtain and review the Design-
Builder’s proposal at least one week prior to commencement of the work.
Check that the proposal includes methodology and equipment to be used
for this construction contract and that it is signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer.
CS 18.5 For FORM AND PUMP placement method, check that the pump is a
positive displacement type pump and that it is capable of delivering
adequate volumes of concrete to maintain a continuous placement.
CS 18.6 Check the temperature of the air and existing concrete surface to receive
the patches, to ensure it meets Contract Document requirements prior to
and during concrete operation.
CS 18.7 Check equipment and runways, vehicles for the concrete

transporting/transferring equipment to ensure they are not supported by
reinforcing steel.
CS 18.8 Check removal of all dust and loose material is carried out by oil-free
compressed air.
CS 18.9 Check that the concrete surface and reinforcing steel have been abrasive
blast cleaned according to CS 43.
CS 18.10 Check that the prepared surface is maintained in a wet condition for six
hours prior to placing concrete.
CS 18.11 Check excess water is removed by oil-free compressed air immediately

prior to application of bonding grout.
157
CS 18.12 Check that thermocouple wires have been installed in the concrete for
cold weather protection as specified in the Special Provision.
CS 18.13 M Review Design-Builder’s temperature records daily for cold weather

protection (if applicable).
CS 18.14 Check that prior to seasonal shut down, all patches are completed in all
areas of concrete removal.
CS 18.15 Check that no construction vehicles, equipment or traffic, with the

exception of sawcutting equipment be permitted on the finished surface of
the patches until the curing period has elapsed and a minimum of 80% of
the specified compressive strength has been attained.
CS 18.16 Define the lots and determine core locations for air void system and
tensile bond strength test.
CS 18.17 Check that the tensile bond strength testing is carried out as per the
Contract Documents. Obtain and review tensile bond strength within four
(4) Business Days of testing and forward the results to the Quality
Assurance Section.
CS 18.18 Check that the core holes have been filled according to the Contract
Documents.
CS 18.19 Check patches for any areas of debonding, honeycombed areas or

cracks.
CS 18.20 Obtain and verify Design-Builder’s crack inspection report, review Design-
Builder’s crack treatment proposal if applicable.
CS 18.21 Check that permission to waterproof is not issued until the cracks are
treated (if applicable) and the patches in the deck are dried for three (3)
Days.
CS 18.22 Obtain and review Design-Builder’s air void system test results within
three (3) weeks of concrete placement and forward the results to the
Quality Assurance Section.
– B2 During placement
158
STRUCTURE REHABILITATION – CONCRETE REFACING

Task # Activity
CS 19.1 Check that the welded steel wire fabric is welded galvanized steel and
conforms to CSA G 30.5.
CS 19.2 Check that the anchors for the attachment of the wire fabric to the
concrete surface are galvanized in conformance with the Contract
Document requirements.
CS 19.3 Check that the anchors are of adequate length and strength to resist a
pull-out force of 1.0 kN.
CS 19.4 Check that the wire fabric is installed after the concrete surface and
exposed reinforcing steel in the repair area have been abrasive blast
cleaned. Check that the wire fabric is installed in accordance with the
Special Provision in the locations shown on contract drawings using
spacers and anchors.
CS 19.5 Check that the wire fabric is kept clean of any contamination.
CS 1. Check that submissions, concrete placement, finishing, curing, and
quality assurance procedures are in accordance with CS 18 unless
specified otherwise elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
CS 19.7 Check that the surface of the existing concrete is roughened according to
the Contract Document requirements.
CS 19.8 Check that burlap and water is applied immediately to the top of all
exposed concrete surfaces, within 2 to 4 m from the finishing operation.
Check that burlap is kept continuously wet by means of a soaker hose
placed along the top of the component being refaced. Check that the
soaker is placed immediately after the concrete has set without causing
fines to wash out.
CS 19.09 Check that the forms are removed according to the Contract Document
requirements and that the concrete is cured as specified in the Special
Provision.
159
Significant Area. Check that environmental protection enclosures or
containment systems are in place and functioning.
160
APPLICATION OF SILICA FUME OR NORMAL SHOTCRETE
Task # Activity
CS 20.1 Check that environmental protection enclosures or containment systems

are in place and functioning prior to silica fume or shotcrete application.
CS 20.2 During silica fume or shotcrete application check that dust and debris from
exposed work, and from construction operations such as concrete cutting /
grinding, abrasive blast cleaning of concrete and steel, does not cause a
nuisance to pedestrian and vehicular traffic within the ROW, adjacent
residential / commercial / institutional properties, and is not entering a
watercourse or Environmentally Sensitive Area.
CS 20.3 Obtain mix proportions and the name of the supplier of the prebagged
shotcrete mix for approval at least one week prior to the application of
shotcrete.
CS 20.4 Obtain with the mix design submissions all the supporting documents in
the date the mix design was submitted.
CS 20.6 Check shotcrete equipment submission is in accordance with the Contract

Documents.
CS 20.7 M Check that the nozzle operator is certified.
CS 20.8 Obtain and check the curing submission which includes equipment and
procedures to be used one week prior to the commencement of the
application of shotcrete.
CS 20.9 Check where applicable, cold weather protection and hot weather
shotcreting descriptions are in accordance with the Contract Documents.
CS 20.10 Check that the shotcrete material supplied meets the Contract Document
requirements and that it is properly stored.
CS 20.11 Check Date of Manufacture to determine that shelf life has not expired.
161
CS 20.12 M Check that the following items meet specified requirements:

(i) Shotcrete mixing equipment;
(ii) Removal of concrete, abrasive blasting, placement of steel
wire fabric and protection of adjacent surfaces;
(iii) Pre-wetting of repair areas;
(iv) Mix proportions of material delivered to site;
(v) Application of shotcrete;
(vi) Temperature before, during and after application of shotcrete.
CS 20.13 M Check that shotcrete is cured in accordance with the Contract

Documents.
CS 20.14 M Sound for deficiencies in the repair areas.
CS 20.15 Randomly select locations for testing of compressive strength, tensile

bond and rapid chloride permeability. Check for cracks that require
remedial action.
CS 20.16 Obtain and review test results for compressive strength, tensile bond and
rapid chloride permeability and forward results to the Quality Assurance
Section within 4 Business Days of receiving them.
162
STRUCTURE EXCAVATION
Task # Activity
CS 21.1 M Check that preconstruction survey of property and structures that

may be affected by the work is submitted.
CS 21.2 M Check that protection schemes are constructed as per working

drawings
CS 21.3 Check that erosion and sediment control schemes (and coffer dams if
required) are in place and functioning prior to structure excavation such
that the watercourse is isolated from the work area. Determine if
required. Confirm that any other relevant environmental constraints have
been addressed.
CS 21.4 Check that advanced unwatering is conducted as required to prevent soil

sloughing, basal heave and boiling.
CS 21.5 Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of the soil at the outlet and
other environmental concerns (e.g. muddy water discharge). Check that
the Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hoses, sediment
bags, etc.) on site as required in the environmental submission. Check
that the unwatering / flow passage system complies with the Contract
Documents, including any accepted Design-Builder’s proposals, and that
the system is not causing sedimentation of the watercourse downstream
of the work site.
CS 21.6 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance is supplied and reviewed

as per the time requirements of the Contract Documents.
CS 21.7 Check the geometry of temporary slopes to facilitate excavation. Check

that all footing excavations conform to size, shape, line, elevations and
grades as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 21.8 Check that loosened material, soft material, boulders and other
deleterious material at the foundation base are removed and replaced with
suitable compacted material or mass concrete. Check that any stockpiling
of excavated material is done in an area that is isolated from any
watercourses such that entry of sediment to watercourses is prevented.
163
CS 21.9 Record the depth, length, width, type of material used, and how it was
placed, when the Design-Builder uses a working slab.
CS 21.10 Check that any adjacent Utility / structure is not affected or undermined
by the footing excavation.
CS 21.11 Check that the founding soil is protected and preserved.
CS 21.12 Check that protection schemes are constructed as per working drawings.
CS 21.13 Check that excavation for frost tapers are carried out according to
specifications.
CS 21.14 Check that any staged construction (excavation, backfilling sequence

restrictions) is conducted.
164
COFFERDAMS, SHEET PILING, TIE BACKSAND ROADWAY PROTECTION
Task # Activity
CS 22.1 Check length and condition of all materials delivered to the site.
CS 22.2 Check that a pre-construction site condition survey has been carried out
as required.
CS 22.3 Check that the Design-Builder’s scheme is as specified in the Contract

Documents or accepted proposal.
CS 22.4 M Verify that working drawings are submitted to the CA.
CS 22.5 Verify submissions bear the seal and signature of a design engineer and a
design-checking engineer.
CS 22.6 Check that the information specified to be shown on the construction

drawings has been included.
CS 22.7 Check that the Design-Builder’s scheme is as specified in the Contract

Documents for length.
CS 22.8 Check that all elements of the unwatering / flow passage system (e.g.
coffer dams) are properly staged / installed to prevent any discharge of
sediment to the watercourse.
CS 22.9 Check the alignment, depth and layout of the protection scheme.
CS 22.10 Check that any vibratory equipment to facilitate the installation does not
disturb native soil nor exiting Utilities / structures.
CS 22.11 Check that anchor testing equipment and procedure is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
CS 22.12 Check that the Design-Builder monitors the completed scheme for
movement.

CS 22.14 Check that soil loss is not occurring during installation behind the shoring
during excavation.
165
CS 22.15 Check that the corrosion protection has been provided as specified.
CS 22.16 Check that a record of each anchor hole excavation is submitted.
CS 22.17 Check that the quality of grout is being tested as specified.
CS 22.18 Check that the roadway protection / excavation sequence is properly

executed.
CS 22.19 Verify Removal requirements for Temporary Roadway Protection.
166
UNWATERING
Task # Activity
functioning prior to the start of unwatering such that the watercourse is
isolated from the work area and unwatering activities. Determine if
required.
CS 23.2 Check that the unwatering and flow passage systems required by the
Contract Documents are in place and functional before disturbing the work
area.
CS 23.3M Check that environmental special provisions and / or Design-Builder

proposals for unwatering are adhered to.
CS 23.4 Check operation of unwatering system.
CS 23.5 Check that groundwater drawdown levels are as designed and the ‘natural
flow’ of the watercourse is maintained. Check that the Design-Builder is
monitoring as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 23.7 Check that pump inlet is not submerged in mud and is properly screened
to prevent fish ingestion.
CS 23.8 Check that discharge is being managed as per Contract Document

requirements.
CS 23.9 Check that unwatering is not causing erosion of soil at the outlet and other
environmental concerns (e.g. muddy water discharge). Check that the
Design-Builder has the standby equipment (pumps, hoses, filter bags,
etc.) on site as required in the environmental submission.
CS 23.10 M Check that the Design-Builder’s unwatering scheme is not causing

loss of materials under adjacent founding elements or backfill.
CS 23.11 Check that unwatering system is not removed until the backfilling is
brought up to grade and the work area is cleared of any debris or
construction materials that could be washed downstream.

167
168
PILING
Task # Activity
functioning. If the control measures are not functioning or are insufficient
the Design-Builder must be requested to review and take action.
CS 24.2 M Record and verify the pile type, length, condition of the pile splices
and driving shoes and length to cut off. Verify straightness of piles.
CS 24.3 Check that all the delivered material is supplied from the approved list,
and handled and stored so as to prevent damage to the piles.
CS 24.4 M Check that the correct value of imported steel has been declared on
the “Statement of Imported Content” form. Collect all mill
certificates (test results should be from Canadian testing facilities).
Check that mill certificates satisfy the requirements in general and
specifically for imported steel.
CS 24.5 M Check that pile driving equipment conforms to specified

requirements. Monitor hammer performance.
CS 24.6 Check that the end treatments are correctly applied (i.e. shoes, Oslo
Points, Bearing Points, collars, etc.).
CS 24.7 M Check that pile installation sequence is as per submission, and that
layout of piles conforms to Contract Document requirements.
CS 24.8 Check that vertical and batter alignment of pile meets specified
requirements.
CS 24.9 M Verify that piles are not overdriven and hence damaged during
installation.
CS 24.10 M Check that welder is certified. Check that welding of splicing

conforms to specified requirements, and that pile splices are carried
out properly.
CS 24.11 Check that pile set and refusal criteria are satisfied. Check that actual tip
elevation corresponds to design founding stratum.
CS 24.12 Check that the piles are cut off as specified.
169
CS 24.13 Check that retapping / redriving requirements are being satisfied.
CS 24.14 Check the Design-Builder’s pile driving records.
CS 24.15 Check that noise control restrictions have been complied with.
CS 24.16 M Check that the piles are installed to the specified tolerances.
CS 24.17 For piles driven to refusal, check that the appropriate Dynamic Formula is
used in accordance with the Contract Documents..
CS 24.18 Check that piles are not driven adjacent to fresh concrete as specified in
the Pile Driving Restrictions and Requirements in the Piling Special
Provision.
CS 24.19 M When driving piles to a set, contact Foundations Office immediately

if ultimate axial resistance of pile is not achieved. Check that the
Design-Builder doesn’t drive pile beyond design tip elevation without
consultation with Foundations Office.
CS 24.20 When retapping piles, check that piles are retapped at the previous set.

170
CAISSON FOUNDATIONS
Task # Activity
CS 25.1 Check type, length and condition of caisson liners.
CS 25.2 M Check that welder is certified.
CS 25.3 M Check that installation equipment is as specified in the Contract

Documents.
functioning. Determine if additional erosion control measures or additional
locations may be required.
CS 25.5 Check that caisson is drilled to design tip elevation.
CS 25.6 Check that penetration and cut off are in accordance with design data.
CS 25.7 Check that sidewall and basal stability is maintained during the caisson
foundation installation.
CS 25.8 M Check that caissons are cleaned out prior to placing reinforcing steel
and concrete.
CS 25.9 Check the Design-Builder’s cleaned out material containment location.

Check that containment locations are placed away from watercourses and
that erosion and sediment control measures are in place and functioning
around them.
CS 25.10 Check that slurry properties are being tested and verified as per Contract
CS 25.11 Check that reinforcement steel is being properly placed as per Contract
CS 25.12 Check that vertical and batter alignment of caisson are as specified in the
Contract Documents.
CS 25.13 Check that rock socketted caissons are installed to the appropriate depth,
tip elevation and geometry.
171
CS 25.14 Check that any temporary slurry does not negatively impact shaft
resistance design requirements. Temporary slurry needs to be adequately
flushed.
CS 25.15 Check that concrete is placed within the specified time period following
cleaning and inspection of caisson base.

172
STRUCTURE BACKFILLING
Task # Activity
functioning. Determine if additional erosion control measures or additional
locations may be required.
CS 26.2 M Check that the structure excavation limits are verified and recorded
prior to commencement of backfilling operations.
CS 26.3 M Check that the concrete has reached the required percentage of the
design strength prior to backfilling.
CS 26.4 Check that subdrains are placed as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 26.5 Check that proper procedures are used for weep holes and perforated
pipe installation.
CS 26.6 Check that backfill is placed as specified in the Contract Documents, and
that all backfill materials are free of waste.
CS 26.7 M Check that appropriate compaction procedure and sequence is used,

and that appropriate compaction equipment is used in restricted
areas. Check that appropriate compaction testing is being conducted

173
FORMWORK
Task # Activity
CS 27.1 Check that dimensions of forms are as specified in the Contract

Documents.
CS 27.2 Check that form release oil is applied to the forms before the installation of
reinforcing steel.
CS 27.3 Check forms (several times) for alignment and possible deformation,
during concrete placement.
CS 27.4 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance is supplied andreviewed

as per the requirements of the Contract Documents.
174
FALSEWORK
Task # Activity
CS 28.2 M Check that stamped falsework drawings are on site. Check installed
falsework against stamped working drawings prior to pour.
CS 28.1 Check that the founding soil is prepared.
CS 28.2 Check that any foundation bearing pad is properly placed and compacted.
CS 28.3 Monitor falsework (several times) during concrete placement operation for
deflection and settlement.
CS 28.4 M Check that the required concrete strength has been reached prior to
removing falsework.

175
INSTALLATION OF BEARINGS
Task # Activity
CS 29.1 M Check that the Adjustment of Bearing drawings are supplied and
reviewed as per the time requirements of the Contract Documents.
CS 29.2 Check that all the delivered material is being supplied from the approved
list and properly stored.
CS 29.3 Check and record from elastomeric bearings, the size, name of
manufacturer, part number and date of manufacture and also check that
the bearing is not on the list of defective bearings put out by the Concrete
Section.
CS 29.4 When specified, randomly select and then have the Design-Builder ship
the sample bearing(s) for testing as specified.
CS 29.5 Check that surface and bedding of bearing seats are within tolerances and
meet the requirements of the applicable specifications.
CS 29.6 Check that each bearing is installed at the correct location, elevation, and
is properly aligned as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 29.7 Check for removal of any shipping device or restraints from bearings as
specified in the Contract Documents and/or shop drawings.
CS 29.8 M Upon completion of the structure, visually inspect the bearings to

determine that they have full and uniform bearing at top and bottom,
and that bearing components are not out of position.
CS 29.9 Check the timing and procedure for jacking and re-alignment of bearings.

176
STRUCTURAL STEEL BEAM ERECTION
Task # Activity
CS 30.1 M Check that the steel is supplied from a designated source and that
the correct value of imported steel has been declared on the
“Statement of Imported Content” form.
CS 30.2 M Check that the stamped erection drawings are on site.
CS 30.3 Check that beams have not been damaged and are set to the specified
alignment and seated properly.
CS 30.4 M Collect steel mill certificates (coupon tags) and store on file in site
office.

– A-2 during erection
177
REINFORCING STEEL PLACEMENT
Task # Activity
CS 31.1 Check reinforcing steel schedule and drawings.
CS 31.2 Check for proper site storage and handling.
CS 31.3 M Check mill certificates to determine that the steel is supplied from a
designated source.
CS 31.5 Obtain a sample of stainless steel rebar as per the Contract Documents.
CS 31.6 Check that the correct grade and size of steel has been placed in

178
PRESTRESSING SYSTEMS
Task # Activity
CS 32.1 Check type, size and condition of prestressing materials delivered to the
site.
CS 32.2 Check for proper site storage of prestressing materials.
CS 32.3 Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled and tested
as required.
CS 32.4 Check installation of prestressing sheaths, support cables, and

anchorages.
CS 32.5 Check the elevation and alignment of cable sheaths.
CS 32.6 Check that cable sheaths are secured firmly in place.
CS 32.7 Check that grout vent hoses are installed at all the proper locations.

179
STRESSING OPERATION
Task # Activity
CS 33.1 M Check that stressing working drawings are on site.
CS 33.2 Check that the correct calibration tests have been carried out by an
approved authority in the last six months.
CS 33.3 M Check that void hold-downs are released prior to stressing.
CS 33.4 M Check that concrete is up to specified strength prior to stressing.
CS 33.5 Check that cables are stressed in proper sequence.
CS 33.6 Check that cables are marked and measured and that elongation, gauge
pressure and slip are recorded.

180
GROUTING OF POST-TENSIONING DUCTS
Task # Activity
CS 34.1 M Prior to the grouting operations, check that the test batch has been
mixed in the presence of the Quality Verification Engineer and that
the quality of the grout meets the specified requirements.
CS 34.2 After completion of post-tensioning operation, obtain the Design-Builder’s

records of elongation, calibrated jacking pressure readings, slippages and
strand bandages.
CS 34.3 Verify that the Quality Verification Engineer carries out Interim Inspection
of post-tensioning system, witnesses stressing and issues written
permission to the Design-Builder to proceed with grouting. Check that
grouting does not proceed until the permission is given.
CS 34.4 Check that ducts are blown out with oil free air and, when required, with
water.
CS 34.5 Check that all vent tubes are free from blockage.
CS 34.6 Check that dry grout mix components meet the Contract Document
requirements.
CS 34.7 Check that the concrete temperature of the deck is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
CS 34.8 Check the mixer and pump. Check that pressure gauge at pump or
intake, water measures, and timer are accurate.
CS 34.10 Check that grouting is carried out within the specified time limits of
tensioning and receipt of permission to grout.
CS 34.11 Check that the grout is being tested and meets the specified requirements.
CS 34.12 Identify batch (es) of grout from which grout cubes for determination of
compressive strength will be made.
CS 34.13 Check that grout cubes are taken for testing and delivered as required to
the specified testing facility.
CS 34.14 Check that grouting operation is continuous and hoses are topped-up prior
to tying off as specified in the Contract Documents.
181
CS 34.15 Check Design-Builder’s placing schedule such that placement of

sidewalks, curbs, median curbs, etc., is done after the grouting of post
tension grout tubes.

182
BRIDGE DECK WATERPROOFING
Task # Activity
CS 35.1 M Check that the deck meets the requirement for surface tolerance and
surface finish of the Contract Document requirements.
CS 35.2 Identify all repairs and remedial work that needs to be carried out prior to
waterproofing including texture surfaces, sawcut grooves and scaling.
CS 35.3 Check that all repairs and remedial work to the concrete deck have been
completed.
CS 35.4 M Check that the air and concrete surface temperature are 5°C or
higher.
CS 35.5 Check that Design-Builder performing the waterproofing is approved.
CS 35.6 M Permission is given to Design-Builder to proceed after verifying that

the deck surface, face of the curbs and barrier walls were completely
treated by abrasive blast cleaning to expose sound, laitance-free
concrete.
CS 35.7 Check that no traffic, other than the construction equipment directly
associated with the waterproofing operation, is allowed on the abrasive
blast cleaned deck.
CS 35.8 Check that tack coat is applied uniformly at the required rate when the
concrete is surface dry and clean.
CS 35.9 Check that the Design-Builder takes adequate protective measures to

mask concrete and prevent over-spray of tack coat materials onto
adjacent concrete surfaces (curb face, barrier wall, abutments, columns,
etc.) to prevent waterproofing material from entering a watercourse.
CS 35.10 M Check that all delivered materials are from an approved source.
CS 35.11 Check that tack coat is cured completely and free of any surface moisture
and dirt before waterproofing membrane is applied.
CS 35.12 Check that the mixing kettle is completely empty prior to commencement
of melting cakes of asphalt membrane.
183
CS 35.13 Check that temperature of waterproofing membrane at time of placing is

as specified and that the temperature does not exceed the safe heating
temperature at any time during the waterproofing operation.
CS 35.14 Check for correct placement of membrane reinforcement over joints.

Check for correct placing of protection boards. Check proper lapping of
waterproofing at construction joint and staging boundaries.
CS 35.15 Upon completion of each lot, measure and record membrane thickness
following the procedure in the “Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix
and Bridge Deck Waterproofing”.
CS 35.16 M Compute payment adjustment factor and have the Design-Builder

sign form PH-CC-129 A prior to paving. Submit the “Waterproofing
Membrane Thickness Report” to the Quality Assurance Section
within 4 Business Days of completing it.
CS 35.17 Check that all test results have been received and price adjustments
calculated and applied as appropriate.
CS 35.18 Check that asphalt drainage tubes are open.
CS 35.19 Check tack coating of protection boards just prior to paving.
184
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE MEMBERS (NORMAL AND HIGH

PERFORMANCECONCRETE)
Task # Activity
CS 36.1 M Check that submissions are as per the Contract Document

requirements.
received Form B portion of the concrete mix design from the concrete
supplier prior to placement of concrete.
CS 36.4 Check that the members are fabricated at a plant certified according to the
Contract Document requirements.
CS 36.5 M Check that the stamped erection drawings are on site.
CS 36.6 M Check that members are fabricated, delivered and erected as per the
Contract Documents.
CS 36.7 Check that members meet the dimensional tolerances of the Contract
Documents and they are free of any defects.
CS 36.8 Obtain and review test results for compressive strength, air voids and
rapid chloride permeability.
CS 36.9 Check that the members are temporarily braced immediately after
erection.

185
INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS

Task # Activity
CS 37.1 Check that no damage occurs during handling.
CS 37.2 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
commencement of the contract. Check that material supplied by the
Design-Builder is sampled as required. Check for proper storage of
the joints.
CS 37.3 M Check that field splices in steel components are located and welded
as per shop drawings and are performed by a certified welder.
CS 37.4 Check that the dimensions of the block-out to receive the joint assembly
are in accordance with the contract drawings and standard drawings.
CS 37.5 Check that the block-out area to receive the joint is abrasive blast cleaned,
without damaging the epoxy coated steel.
CS 37.6 Check that all debris in the block-out has been removed and the area is
coated with a cement paste prior to placing concrete.
CS 37.7 M Check that the proper gap or “j” dimension of the unit has been
established prior to placing concrete, and check that the constant
gap is achieved throughout the total length.
CS 37.8 M Check that clamping angles or channels are removed as specified in

Cs 37.9 Check that holes left from removal of clamping angles or channels are
cleaned and grouted with approved epoxy.
CS 37.10 Check for concrete blockages in the expansion joint opening.
CS 37.11 Check that seal is properly installed with no damage, wrinkles or splices.
CS 37.12 Check that sliding plates on sidewalk, curbs and median have been
installed properly with regards to the direction of traffic.
CS 37.13 Check that formwork including styrofoam has been removed below
expansion joint assembly between deck and ballast wall.
186
CS 37.14 Check for cracks in the concrete adjacent to the expansion joint.
CS 37.15 Check that end dam concrete has been cured for a minimum of 7 Days
and has reached 25 MPa prior to epoxy injection.
CS 37.16 M Check that traffic is not allowed on the deck joint assembly until the
epoxy injection has been completed and cured, and clamping bars
are installed for Type A expansion joints.
CS 37.17 Check that the injection method is in accordance with the Contract
Documents and injected by the supplier of the expansion joint system, or
an agent approved by the supplier.
CS 37.18 M Sound the steel armour for voids. If voids are detected, check that
proper procedures are taken to fill the voids.
CS 37.19 M Check that a water test has been carried out.
CS 37.20 Check that all waste material (Styrofoam) is disposed of as per the
Contract Documents.

for each task and as per the time requirements of the Contract
Documents.
187
TEMPORARY MODULAR BRIDGES
Task # Activity
functioning prior to start of modular bridge installation. Determine if
required.
CS 38.2 Check that all environmental constraints have been complied with
(fisheries approvals, work on the banks, etc.) prior to installation.
CS 38.3 M Visually check foundations as per Contract Documents.
CS 38.4 Check that layout and elevations of the launching and construction rollers
have been approved. Check that founding elements, cribs, and footings
are located as per plan.
CS 38.5 M Check that all bracing bolts, chord bolts and transom clamps remain
fully tightened.
CS 38.6 Check that base plates and bearings are free of debris.
CS 38.7 Inspect base plates and cribs for settlement.
CS 38.8 Visually check timber for soundness and specified requirements.
CS 38.9 Check material control is as specified in the Contract Documents.
188
STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING
Task # Activity
CS 39.1 Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from the
CS 39.2 Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled as required.
CS 39.3 Check that all requirements of manufacturers product data sheets are met.
CS 39.4 Check that individual coating products used in the coating system come
from the same manufacturer and are compatible.
CS 39.5 Check that environmental operations including enclosure systems,

negative pressure, management including sampling, testing, storage,
documentation / manifesting, transportation and disposal of spent blast
medium and removed coating material are as specified in Contract
Documents and/or Design-Builder’s approved proposal. Check that a
copy of all test results and manifests are provided to the MTO
Environmental Planner – Waste Management.
CS 39.6 M Check that surface preparation is carried out as specified in the

Contract Documents and meets the specified SSPC standard.
CS 39.7 Check sample(s) of spent blast medium is obtained as specified in the

Contract Documents.
CS 39.8 M Check that coating of structural steel follows cleaning within the time
as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 39.9 Check air temperature and dew point restrictions.
CS 39.10 Check that the coat application is carried out as specified in the Contract
Documents.
CS 39.11 Check that the dry film thickness gauge and any DFT gauge utilized by the
Design-Builder are calibrated to SSPC PA-2 and any special provision
requirements. Only type 2 gauges are to be used.
CS 39.12 M Check that each coat meets the dry film thickness requirements. Test
frequencies and acceptance to be in accordance with SSPC PA-2,
including the requirements in Appendix 3 for girder structures.
189
Acceptance of multiple coats will be based on the cumulative

minimum and maximum requirements after each coat application.
Deficiencies to be corrected before acceptance and proceeding with
subsequent coat.
CS 39.13 Check that all blast abrasive, dust and other debris are removed from the
steel surface and each coating surface prior to the application of the
subsequent coat.
CS 39.14 Complete Daily Inspection Report Forms PH-CC-782A and/or PH-CC-

782B each day and Summary Form PH-CC-783 after the completion of
the work on each structure.
CS 39.15 Check condition of galvanized components during installation. Check that

repairs are as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 39.16 M Check that the Service Provider or sub-consultant inspecting the

structural steel coating holds the appropriate certifications.
190
STEEL PARAPET RAILING
Task # Activity
CS 40.1 M Check type, size, length and condition of materials (including

protective coatings) delivered to the site. Check that all the delivered
material is being supplied from the approved list and is properly
stored.
CS 40.2 M Check that installation is as specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 40.3 Check the condition of completed posts and rails. Check that damaged
areas are properly repaired.

for each task and as per the time requirements of the Contract
Documents.
191
OVERHEAD SIGN PLACEMENT

Task # Activity
functioning prior to start of overhead sign placement. Determine if
required.
CS 41.2 M Check that the foundations for the overhead signs are installed to
the depth, size and procedures specified in the Contract Documents.
CS 41.3 Check footings with regards to “as constructed” elevations and type,
plumbness of footing, alignment between two founding elements and the
distance between the two founding elements (C/C footings).
CS 41.4 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
CS 41.6 M Check overhead sign structure to determine that installation is in

accordance with the contract drawings and shop drawings.
CS 41.7 M Check that correct sign message is mounted on the support.
CS 41.8 M Check full bearing of all base plates.
CS 41.9 Check that sign structure is installed facing in the proper direction and that
the required number of sign clamps have been supplied.
CS 41.10 Check for cracking of erected sign structure.
CS 41.11 Check that exposed anchorage threads do not exceed 3 diameters.
CS 41.12 Check the top of footing for surface finish and levelness.

192
RETAINED SOIL SYSTEMS
Task # Activity
CS 42.1 M Check that all submissions bear the seal and signature of the Design
Engineer and the Design Check Engineer.
CS 42.2 M Check that the Design-Builder has selected a RSS designated as A

(Accepted) or DE (Demonstration) on the DSM List that meets the
specified Contract Document requirements.
CS 42.3 M Check that the Design-Builder has a copy of the stamped working
drawings on site at all times.
CS 42.4 M Check that the working drawings include at least the following:
• All design, fabrication and construction drawings and

specifications for the RSS
• Details of all excavation, unwatering, drainage and backfilling
required to construct the RSS, including type and source of
associated backfill
• Details at joints and connections to other structures where shown
in the Contract Drawings
• Details of all protection systems
• Statement of bearing resistance required by the RSS foundation,
and the bearing resistance provided in accordance with the
CHBDC
• Statement of satisfactory internal and external stability
• All design, fabrication and construction drawings and
specifications for traffic barriers and base, and finishing caps,
where applicable
• Details of how all relevant Operational Constraints and
Environmental Constraints, as specified in the Contract
Documents, will be adhered to
• A copy of the Approved Product Drawings covering material and
construction details.
CS 42.5 M Forward one set of the stamped working drawings to the Pavement
and Foundation Section, Ministry of Transportation, Downsview, for
information purposes
CS 42.6 Check that all loose, softened, deleterious material at the founding
elevation of the RSS is removed.
193
CS 42.7 M Check that foundation preparation is carried out as per the contract
drawings and documents.
CS 42.8 M Check that the backfill type is as indicated on the working drawings
and that the Design-Builder is placing the backfill as per the
manufacturers recommendations, working drawings and Contract
Documents.
CS 41.10 Check that concrete barrier is not part of the lump sum item.
CS 41. 11 Check excavation limits in backfill zone.
CS 42.12 M Check alignment such as stations, lines and grades, cross-sections,

verify levelling pad elevation and other constraints as specified in the
Contract Drawings.
CS 42.13 M Check for Out-of-Tolerance Geometry, Performance and Aesthetics

Conditions / Deficiencies as per working drawing requirements.
For walls: visible distress in wall, differential settlement, tilting or

rotating facing elements, bulging, panel / block contact resulting in
spalling or chipping, wall facing out of vertical (plumb) or horizontal
alignment.
For slopes: lack of vegetation, sloughing, lack of erosion protection,

maximum slope angle exceeds that specified in Contract Documents.
CS 42.14 M Check that Warranty requirements are satisfied.
CS 42.15 M Check that the Certificates of Conformance are supplied and

reviewed in a timely manner to correspond with the intervals that
meet the specified Contract Document requirements.
194
ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING OF CONCRETE SURFACES AND

REINFORCING STEEL
Task # Activity
CS 43.1 Check that Environmental containment systems are in place and

functioning prior to start of abrasive blast cleaning.
CS 43.2 M Check that concrete surface and reinforcing steel are abrasive blast
cleaned according to the Contract Documents.
CS 43.3 Check that dust and debris from exposed work, and from abrasive blast
cleaning of concrete and steel, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian
and vehicular traffic within the ROW, adjacent residential / commercial /
institutional properties, and is not entering a watercourse or
Environmentally Sensitive Area.
CS 43.4 M Check that the subsequent concrete is placed within the time limit
CS 43.5 M Verify Contract Document requirement for removal of epoxy coating

from existing epoxy coated reinforcing steel.
CS 43.6 Check that all new epoxy coated reinforcing steel in the vicinity of the
abrasive blast cleaning is protected.
195
LIGHTWEIGHT FILL MATERIALS
Task # Activity
SLAG
CS 44.1 M Check that the Design-Builder has submitted the Certificates of

Conformance for the material properties prior to placement.
CS 44.2 Check that the Design-Builder submits Quality Control Test Results.
CS 44.3 M Check that the Design-Builder has retained a laboratory accepted by

the MTO to conduct testing of the physical, mechanical and chemical
properties of the material.
CS 44.4 Check that the trial area is properly constructed.
CS 44.5 Check that the insitu unit weight requirements and overcrushing
restrictions are satisfied during the trial and also during construction.
CS 44.6 Check that the Design-Builder’s compaction equipment and procedure

satisfies the requirements of the specification.
CS 44.7 M Check that the Design-Builder has submitted Certificate of

Conformance stating that the material satisfies the requirements of
the specification, and the work has been carried out in general
conformance with the Contract Documents.
Expanded Poly Styrene
CS 44.8 Check that the shop drawings are reviewed, signed and sealed by the
Quality Verification Engineer prior to commencement of work.
CS 44.9 Check that the materials satisfy the requirements of the Special
Provisions.
CS 44.10 Check that foundation excavation and preparation is conducted to remove

any loosened or deleterious materials.
CS 44.11 Check that the levelling pad is properly placed and compacted.
CS 44.12 Check that the EPS are properly installed.
CS 44.13 M Check that the EPS blocks are properly covered with polyethylene.
196
CS 44.14 Check that the concrete slab is properly constructed on top of the EPS
blocks.
CS 44.15 Check that side slope material is placed without damage to the blocks.
CS 44.16 M Check that a final Certificate of Conformance signed and sealed by

the Quality Verification Engineer is submitted.
197
PRECAST CONCRETE CULVERTS
Task # Activity
CS 45.1 M Check the manufacturer is on the Ministry’s approved list. .
CS 45.2 M Check that applicable Contract Document required submissions are

received and reviewed prior to fabrication.
CS 45.3 Check maximum concrete strength specified on contract drawings is

provided on submitted shop drawings.
CS 45.4 M Check dimensions of units as arriving on site until consistency of

units is confirmed checking every third unit from there on prior to
any installation operations. Reject any units that do not meet the
dimension tolerances outlined in Contract Documents.
CS 45.5 Check that all environmental and dewatering schemes are in place and
working in an acceptable manner.
CS 45.6 Check the condition, limits and elevation etc., of subgrade has been
approved prior to and placement of granular base material.
CS 45.7 Check granular base limits, material meets Contract Document

requirements. .
CS 45.8 Confirm bedding materials, elevations and levelness.
CS 45.9 Check that apron walls are aligned properly and applicable grout is
installed as per Contract Document requirements
CS 45.10 M Check the installation of the units are as per Contract Document
requirements (shop drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations).
CS 45.11 M If gaps are larger than specified the Design-Builder should not
proceed with the installation of the remainder of the units until an
acceptable proposed solution has been received.
CS 45.12 Check gasket or seals have been installed as per the Contract Document
requirements and that gaps do not exceed the specified requirements.
CS 45.13 Confirm streambed substrate as per the Contract Documents.
198
CS 45.14 M Check that structure excavation limits have been verified and
recorded prior to backfilling operations.
CS 45.15 Check that are external joint requirements, recesses, lifting lugs and holes
are filled as per Contract Document requirements prior to backfilling.
CS 45.16 Check that the backfilling operation and material etc., meet Contract
Document requirements. (see applicable backfilling to structures
inspection task)
CS 45.17 Check that applicable post tensioning is per Contract Document

requirements (see applicable post tension inspection task).
CS 45.18 M Check that all applicable Certificates of Conformance including

installation are submitted as per the Contract Documents and
reviewed.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C2 during placement of the units

– C1 during non-placement operations
199
DOWELS IN CONCRETE
Task # Activity
CS 46.1M For all dowels, not limited to those selected for testing, check that
concrete in the vicinity of the dowel location is sound and free of
cracks.
CS 46.2 Schedule dowel pull testing with the independent laboratory and check
that the testing is completed within 5 Business Days of Design-Builder
notice.
CS 46.3 Review equipment calibration documentation and that calibration test data
is not more than 12 months old.
CS 46.4 M Check that dowel adhesive being used is on the Ministry’s approved
designated sources list.
CS 46.5 Select dowels for in-situ testing.
CS 46.6 Select location for Proof of Process Installation when in-situ testing cannot
be done.
CS 46.7 M Check that the hole drilled is correct size, depth and free of all dust,
debris and water prior to placing the applicable bonding material.
CS 46.8 Check that all applicable manufacturer’s recommendations and written

instructions are adhered to.
CS 46.9 Check that the gel time of dowel adhesive is long enough to allow proper
dowel installation.
CS 46.10 Check that dowels are maintained in the proper position during the setting
period and that excess epoxy is removed.
CS 46.11 Check that pull-testing is completed as specified in the Contract

Documents.
200
STEEL BREAKAWAY SIGN PLACEMENT
Task # Activity
CS 47.1 M Check that support is laid out at the correct station and offset.
CS 47.2 M Check that designed footing elevations match the as constructed

grade (footings shall be level with surrounding grade). Report
deviations to designer for correction prior to installation.
CS 47.3 M Check that support parts are supplied by a designated source.

Verify that all support parts are new.
CS 47.4 Check that support is constructed according to contract drawings and

relevant Special Provisions.
CS 47.5 Check that all hardware is in place and that the hardware is secure.
CS 47.6 Check that correct sign is mounted on the support. Check that the sign is
not damaged during installation.
CS 47.7 Check that the support footings or disturbed ground – the result of
installation activities – do not obstruct drainage.
CS 47.8 M Check that foundations for the breakaway signs are installed to the
depth, size and procedures specified in the contract drawings.
CS 47.9 M Check that applicable submissions are received.
201
TIMBER BREAKAWAY SIGN PLACEMENT
Task # Activity
CS 48.1 M Check that support is laid out at the correct station and offset. The
offset is measured relative to edge of pavement, which is the nearest
pavement lane edge line.
CS 48.2 M Check that support is constructed according to contract drawings

and requirements. Check that the posts are plumb in both
directions. Verify that all cut and drilled surfaces have been treated
with wood preservative.
CS 48.3 Check that correct sign is mounted on the support. Check that the sign is
level and has not been damaged during installation.
CS 48.4 Check that the support footings or disturbed ground – the result of
installation activities – do not obstruct drainage.
CS 48.5 Check that all hardware is in place and that the hardware is secure.
CS 48.6 M Check that applicable submissions are received.
202
DOWELS INTO BEDROCK
Task # Activity
CS 49.1 Check the hole is drilled to correct size, depth and cleaned prior to
placement of dowel.
CS 49.2 Check dowel size.
CS 49.3 M Verify that cementitious non shrinking grout is used to fill the
annular space.
CS 49.4 Check that dowels are maintained in the proper position during the setting
period.
CS 49.5 M Verify that the dowel pull out tests are conducted in accordance with
the specifications.
203
FOUNDTION INSTRUMENTATION FOR MONITORING SETTLEMENTS,

PORE PRESSURES, LATERAL DISPLACEMENTS
Task # Activity
CS 50.1 M Check that instrumentation supply is per the contract drawings and
specifications.
CS 50.2 M Check that the installation is per the contract drawings and
specifications. Check that the sequence of installation is per the
contract drawings and specifications.
CS 50.3 M Check that baseline readings are obtained in accordance with the
Contract Document specifications.
CS 50.4 M Check that the required installation data, readout units and other is
transferred to the Monitoring Service Provider as per the contract
drawings and specifications.
204
MASS CONCRETE ON BEDROCK

Task # Activity
CS 51.1 Check that any dewatering is carried out prior to mass concrete placement
CS 51.2 M Check that the surface of the founding rock is exposed, cleaned and
any loose or fractured parts removed so that rock is exposed. Check
that the mass concrete is placed on the exposed cleaned sound
founding rock surface as per the contract drawings and documents.
CS 51.3 Check that that the minimum thickness of mass concrete is achieved.
205
BITUMINOUS – TASK BIT 1
GRANULAR SEALING
Task # Activity
BIT 1.1 M Check that areas to be sealed are shaped and dampened before
sealing.
BIT 1.2 M Check that granular is not frozen, air temperature is above minimum,
wind does not cause drifting off designated area in contract and
precipitation is not imminent.
BIT 1.3 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied
BIT 1.4 M Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled and
tested as required.
BIT 1.5 Check environmental constraints before applying sealant.
BIT 1.6 M Check for proper rate and method of application and uniform
coating.
206
RECLAIMING ASPHALT PAVEMENT
Task # Activity
BIT 2.1 M Check that random samples of Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP)
to be used in Recycled Hot Mix (RHM) have been taken after
processing.
BIT 2.2 M Check that reclaiming is carried out to design width to essentially the
same station before shutdown each day and properly ramped.
BIT 2.3 Check that there is no contamination with granular shoulder and granular
base material when RAP is to be used in RHM.
BIT 2.4 Partial Pavement Removal

(i) Check for correct crossfall, depth and surface texture during milling;
(ii) Record reclaimed asphalt removal rate (m²/hr);
(iii) Check that the milled surface is broomed and inspected, and that
areas of asphalt rich dust are removed.
BIT 2.5 Full Depth Removal

(i) Check that granular is restored to specified requirements following
pavement removal;
(ii) Check and record depths of removal.
207
HOT MIX PAVING
Task # Activity
BIT 3.1 Check proper joint construction including location of longitudinal joints,
preparation, tack coating and compaction.
BIT 3.2 Check that paving is carried out to design width to approximately the same
station, with ramping as specified in the Contract Documents prior to
shutdown each day, including edge ramping.
BIT 3.3 Check the condition of substrata (compaction, etc.) ahead of paving
operation. Confirm surface to be paved is unfrozen, clean, dry and free of
standing water.
BIT 3.4 Check sequence of paving operations including, but not limited to, paving
intersections, tapers, ramps, bridge decks and all staging plans.
BIT 3.5 M Check placement of hot mix including alignment, crossfall, surface
tolerance, width, smoothness, depth of asphalt mat using the area
covered and applicable BRD for the mix (kg/m²) or other applicable
contract related field checks (such as for the m² payment method).
BIT 3.6 M Check that the distribution rates of premium surface courses are
revised to account for the mass multiplier factors.
BIT 3.7 Check that air temperature at the surface of the road is above the
minimum specified in the Contract Documents (if applicable) to permit
paving.
BIT 3.8 Check that temperature of mix delivered to the site does not exceed the
maximum discharge temperature allowed in the Contract Document (if
applicable).
BIT 3.9 M Visually inspect mix placed for dragging, segregation and other
visual defects prior to covering with another lift and / or stage
changes.
BIT 3.10 Check paving in echelon operation to determine that the specified
distance (if applicable) between pavers is maintained.
BIT 3.11 M Check and witness that all required samples are taken at correct
(random) locations and tonnages.
BIT 3.12 Check that equipment does not impact/damage areas beyond shoulder.
208
BIT 3.13 M Check for proper reinstatement of sample locations (plates and
cores) on a daily basis.
209
CUT AND FILL GROOVES
Task # Activity
BIT 4.2 M Check that material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled and
tested as specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 4.3 M Check that existing pavement joints are marked to determine that the
new groove is located precisely over the existing joints.
BIT 4.4 Check that the grooves are cleaned and dried immediately prior to pouring
the joint sealing compound.
BIT 4.5 Check that grooves are cut and filled as soon as possible after paving, as
210
ROUTING AND SEALING CRACKS
Task # Activity
WITH WARRANTY
BIT 5.1 W Document non-compliance with Contract Document requirements.
WITHOUT WARRANY
BIT 5.3 M Check that the material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled
and tested as required and batch numbers are recorded as specified
BIT 5.4 M Check that cracks as specified in the Contract Documents are routed
to the specified width and depth and that the rout is centered on the
crack.
BIT 5.5 M Check that all routed and unrouted cracks are blown clean and dry
using hot compressed air lance before sealing commences.
BIT 5.6 Check that dust and debris from exposed work, and from routing and
sealing operations, does not cause a nuisance to pedestrian and vehicular
properties, and is not entering a watercourse or Environmentally Sensitive
Area.
BIT 5.7 Check that sealing material is heated within the manufacturers
recommended range and is being continuously agitated.
BIT 5.8 Check that sealing material is applied immediately after cleaning and
drying.
BIT 5.9 Check that cracks are filled with sealant as specified in the Contract
Documents and that no spillage occurs.
BIT 5.10 Check that debris, including excess sealing material, is removed from
routed area and adjacent pavement.
211
BIT 5.11 Check that completed cracks are dusted with a suitable bond breaker
before exposing to traffic.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1/E2 with warranty

– B1/C2 without warranty
212
TACK COAT
Task # Activity
BIT 6.2 Check that existing pavement is dry and clean before applying tack coat.
BIT 6.3 M Check that proper rate of application and coverage is used if
specified in Contract Documents.
BIT 6.4 M Check that tack coat has cured to the desired level before placing
hot mix pavement.
BIT 6.5 M Check that traffic is not allowed on the tack coated area before
paving.
BIT 6.6 M Check that all required samples are taken and delivered as specified
213
PAVEMENT MARKING
Task # Activity
BIT 7.1 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
commencement of the contract. Check that the material supplied by
Documents.
BIT 7.2 Check that air temperature, pavement temperature and surface condition
requirements are met.
BIT 7.3 Check that the locations of the markings applied are as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 7.4 Check that the surface is dry and free of loose and/or foreign material.
BIT 7.5 Temporary and Permanent Tape

(i) Check for correct spacing and application;
(ii) Check that only butt splices are used;
(iii) Check that specified tamping has been carried out;
(iv) Check that material is stored as specified.
BIT 7.6 M Pavement Marking

(i) Check that zone painting is completed on any temporary driving
surface prior to opening to traffic;
(ii) Check zone painting has a well defined edge, free from waviness,
uniformly dimensioned and shaded with no splatter or overspray;
(iii) Check for correct material application temperature;
(iv) Check that glass beads are applied uniformly prior to the paint
drying;
(v) Check that the pavement markings and materialsare applied as
specified in the Contract Documents;
(vi) Check that the glass beads are applied as specified in the
Contract Documents;
(vii) Conduct a bond/adhesion test on durable marking materials (for
thermoplastic and field reacted polymeric:
(viii) A monitoring frequency of a minimum of 25%, but not limited to,
is required to be performed and recorded to determine that the
Design-Builder has properly applied sight distance requirements
as specified.
214
SURFACE TREATMENT
Task # Activity
WITH WARRANTY
BIT 8.1 W Document non-compliance with the Contract Document

requirements.
WITHOUT WARRANTY
BIT 8.2 Check the condition of the grade for compaction, profile, potholes, grade
failure repair and brooming, etc.
the commencement of the contract. Check that material supplied by
Documents.
BIT 8.4 Check that quality and aggregate gradation tests have been done in
accordance with the current Ministry test method.
BIT 8.5 Check the adequacy of the following:

1) Binder and aggregate distribution and application
2) Width of application
3) Emulsion temperature
4) Air temperature
5) Centreline and transverse joints
6) Rolling operation
7) Brooming off of excess aggregates
BIT 8.6 Check that material is confined to the area specified in the Contract
Documents.
BIT 8.7 M Check that all test results are received and price adjustments are
calculated and applied as applicable.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – D1/E2 – With warranty

– B1/C2– Without warranty
215
HOT–IN–PLACE RECYCLING (HIR)
Task # Activity
BIT 9.1 M Check that the Mix Design and material submissions meet the
requirements as specified in the Contract Documents. Check that
the material supplied by the Design-Builder is sampled and tested as
BIT 9.2 M Check the pavement is prepared as specified in the Contract

Documents.
BIT 9.3 Check that HIR scarification depth tests are carried out and are
acceptable as specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 9.4 (i) Check that there is no direct flame in contact with the pavement;
(ii) Check that there is no charring of the pavement occurring;
(iii) Check that the fine aggregate added is dry and uniform;
(iv) Check that there is no excess smoke;
(v) Check that the mix temperature meets the requirements as
(vi) Visually inspect the mat appearance for uniform mixing, no
segregation flushing or lumps;
(vii) Check that longitudinal and transverse joints are constructed as
(viii) Check the ring test to determine depth of HIR.
(ix) Check for white aggregate (broken stones) produced by
scarification. (Shows proof of insufficient heating which results in
cold milling.)
BIT 9.5 M Check that HIR is sampled and tested as specified in the Contract
Documents.
BIT 9.6 Check that the smoke emission level does not endanger traffic safety.
216
COLD–IN–PLACE RECYCLING (CIR)
Task # Activity
requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 10.2 M Check that all the delivered material is supplied from the approved
list submitted by the Design-Builder at the commencement of the
contract.
BIT 10.3 Check that pavement is prepared as specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 10.4 Check that the ambient temperature meets the requirements as specified
BIT 10.5 Check that the pavement is reclaimed, to full design width, as specified in
BIT 10.6 Check that the CIR material has been mixed properly, contains no
oversize particles and that the processed material is not slumping.
BIT 10.7 Check that compaction is carried out as specified in the Contract
Documents.
BIT 10.8 M Check that CIR material is sampled and tested as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 10.9 M Check that traffic is restricted as specified in the Contract

Documents.
BIT 10.10 M Check that CIR pavement meets requirements as specified in the
Contract Documents prior to placement of the wearing surface.
BIT 10.11 Check that the wearing surface is placed within the time restriction
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A-2
217
IN–PLACE FULL DEPTH RECLAMATION OF BITUMINOUS

PAVEMENT AND UNDERLYING GRANULAR
Task # Activity
BIT 11.1 M Check that the in–place materials are processed to the depths,
widths and gradation as specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 11.2 Check that the composition of the blended material is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 11.3 Check that oversized material has been removed or reprocessed as
BIT 11.4 M Check that operational constraints are carried out as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 11.5 M Check that surface shaping and compaction is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
218
SURFACE SMOOTHNESS MEASUREMENTS USING AN INERTIAL

PROFILER
Task # Activity
BIT 13.1 Prepare a sublot sketch that identifies all of the sublots which must be
measured and those sublots which are exempted along with stations.
Check that the sublots are consecutively numbered, that no two sublots
have the same sublot number and that the proposed reference lines and
offsets are indicated on the sketch. Provide the sketch to the Design-
Builder for review at the pre-pave meeting or within 5 Business Days after
the meeting. Receive and review any proposed sublot exemptions as
requested by the Design-Builder prior to the start of surface course paving
and provide a response to the Design-Builder.
BIT 13.2 Submit a request to the Owner to provide an inertial profiler for
QA/Referee acceptance testing or to re-measure a repaired sublot. Such
request is to be prepared within 1 Business Day after the CA receives the
Design-Builder’s written notice indicating that the Design-Builder has
clearly marked out the sublots and removed any debris from the pavement
the Design-Builder Administrator shall coordinate the approved high speed
profiler firm (Profiler Operators) with a qualified Profile Measurement
Devices (PMD) to complete smoothness measurements.
BIT 13.3 Obtain from the profiler operator a copy of the correlation certificate.
Record the make and serial number of the inertial profiler.
BIT 13.4 Prior to the commencement of any surface smoothness measurements

each day, observe while the profiler operator is doing the “block test”, the
“bounce test”, and the distance calibration. All such checks will be done in
accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer of the inertial profiler
or LS-296. Provide a copy of the sublot sketch to the profiler operator and
identify the sublots that are intended for measurement that day including
respective stations and exempted sublots. Agree to and record the
reference line(s) and offsets that the profiler should use.
BIT 13.5 When the profiler operator is conducting the measurements check that the
measurements are being done in accordance with the requirements stated
in the Contract Documents. In the event the profiler operator deems that
the results for one or more sublots within a particular run are invalid,
review operator’s reasoning and decide on whether or not to allow the
profiler to repeat that run. Keep a record of the discussions.
219
BIT 13.6 Make sure that the profiler operator has provided one electronic copy of
the raw data files on CD using proper file names and format stated in LS-
296 including a list of “lead-ins” and “lead-outs” for each file.
BIT 13.7 Make sure that, within 4 Business Days after each set of measurements,
the profiler operator has provided all the electronic filtered files, the
Microsoft Excel 2003 spreadsheet file(s) containing all IRI measurements
and the locations and values of all localized roughness in both wheel
paths, for each run of each sublot. Calculate the adjustment factors for
each sublot based on the data provided by the inertial profiler.
BIT 13.8A Within 5 Business Days after each set of measurements:

Provide to the Bituminous Section, the Regional Quality Assurance
Section, and the Design-Builder one CD containing: a) all of the unfiltered
electronic data files for the measurements that were generated by the
inertial profiler for each profile run; b) a BIT 13.7. Make sure that, within
four (4) Business Days after each set of inertial profiler measurements
have been completed for sublots designated by the CA, the Profiler
Operator shall provide copies of the following to the CA:
a) All of the unfiltered data files that are generated by the Inertial Profiler
in ppf or erd format that can be read by ®ProVAL on CD’s or sent
electronically by E-mail for use by IBM-compatible PC’s;
b) All of the filtered data files generated by ProVAL in ppf or erd format on
CD’s or sent electronically by E-mail for use by IBM-compatible PC’s;A
hard copy or electronic summary of the longitudinal reference lines and
offsets as well as the “lead-in” and “lead-out” distances that were used
for each profile run;c) Microsoft Excel 2003 spreadsheet file(s)
containing all IRI measurements, the resulting adjustment factors, and
the locations and values of all localized roughness in both wheel paths,
for each run of each sublot, in accordance with LS-296; d) areas of
special conditions, such as superelevations or curves, any additional
information such as joints or major intersections, and any areas that
are being measured but will be exempt from surface smoothness-
related price reductions/repairs.
c) A hard copy or electronic summary of the “lead-in” distances that the
inertial profiler required, prior to the start of the first sublot being
measured in each run;
d) An electronic copy of the ProVAL reports showing all applicable IRI
and the locations and magnitudes of all localized roughness
determinations for each profile run that was carried out;
e) Microsoft Excel spreadsheet files of the summaries of all IRI
measurements for both wheel paths as well as the locations and
magnitudes of all localized roughness for every run of each sublot,
220
measured on the Contract, using the methods given in LS-296. The

information shall be reported on the Excel form provided by MTO.
f) All test results shall be accompanied by a transmittal letter to the CA,
under the signature of the Vendors Project Manager for this
assignment, verifying the limits measured and indicating that the data
analysis have been verified and the submitted results are in
compliance with the requirements of the RFT, LS-296, and the current
version of the specification.
BIT 13.8B Within 4 Business Days after each set of measurements forward all
information to the Design-Builder, MTO Quality Assurance and Bituminous
Section.
Provide to the Bituminous Section and the Regional Quality Assurance

Section:
a) One CD containing all of the filtered electronic data files;
b) A written confirmation indicating that the inertial profiler has completed
the measurements and all the required electronic data and
spreadsheets have been submitted to the CA.
BIT 13.9 Arrange to have any repaired sublots re-measured by a QA inertial

profiler, obtain the data, calculate the pay factors, fill out the Excel
spreadsheets, and submit the files to the Bituminous Section, Regional
Quality Assurance Section, and the Design-Builder.
BIT 13.10 Calculate pay factors and determine the overall price adjustment for the
surface course.
BIT 13.11 Produce a written report containing a summary of the QA/Referee data
with reasons for any areas which were exempt from measurements and/or
penalties, a summary and all decisions regarding rejectablesublots and
localized roughness and a summary of the tolerance measurements which
were carried out in areas that were either not measured by PMD or were
measured by PMD but were exempt from penalties.
221
EXPANDED ASPHALT STABILIZATION
Task # Activity
requirements as specified in the Contract Documents. Check that all
the delivered material is supplied from the approved list that was
submitted by the Design-Builder at the commencement of the
contract.
BIT 14.2 Check that oversize material has been removed or reprocessed as
BIT 14.3 M Check that an acceptable trial section is completed as specified in

BIT 14.4 Monitor and record materials including any corrective aggregate
incorporated in the mix.
BIT 14.5 Check that the system of nozzles provides a uniform application of
expanded asphalt.
BIT 14.6 M Check that the material is sampled and tested as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 14.7 Check and record thickness measurements at the frequencies specified in
BIT 14.8 Check that compaction is in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents.
BIT 14.9 Check that the finished surface has a uniform texture, is free of surface
dust defects and meets the profile and cross-section specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 14.10 M Check that the material meets the requirements (dry, wet and tensile
strength ratio, thickness, compaction, surface tolerance) specified in
the Contract Documents prior to placing the wearing surface.
BIT 14.11 M Check that the reclaiming and / or stabilizing is completed across the
full width of pavement prior to the closing down of operations each
day.
222
BIT 14.12 M Check all vertical clearances from top of asphalt to the bottom of
beam at the edge of all lanes.
BIT 14.13 M Check and record applied rate of expanded asphalt to determine that
the design rate is met at the end of each day’s operation.
223
OPEN GRADED DRAINAGE LAYER
Task # Activity
BIT 15.1 M Check that material submissions meet the requirements specified in
the Contract Documents. Check that equipment to be used meets
the requirements specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 15.2 Check that environmental conditions are met as specified in the Contract
Documents.
BIT 15.3 M Check that the drainage system is operational prior to placing the
OGDL.
BIT 15.4 M Check that an acceptable trial section is completed as specified in

BIT 15.5 M Check that the material is sampled and tested as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 15.6 Check that that Portland cement treated OGDL is cured as specified in the
Contract Documents.
BIT 15.7 Check that traffic is restricted as specified in the Contract Documents.
BIT 15.8 Check that the wearing course is placed over the OGDL within the time
restrictions specified in the Contract Documents.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – B1/C2
224
FULL DEPTH ASPHALT CRACK REPAIR
Task # Activity
BIT 16.1 Check that cracks, as specified in the Contract Documents, are removed
to the specified width and depth and are centered on the crack.
BIT 16.2 M Check the condition of the underlying granular material to verify that
it is shaped to the proper cross fall, compacted, unfrozen, cleaned of
all loose, broken and foreign materials, dry and free of standing
water.
BIT 16.3 Check that hot mix placed meets the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
BIT 16.4 M Check for proper construction including tack coating of all vertical
faces, placement of hot mix and compaction. Confirm that the lift
thickness of mix placed does not exceed the maximum allowable lift
thickness as stated in the Contract Documents.
BIT 16.5 Check that the ambient temperature at the surface of the road is above
the minimum specified in the Contract Documents to permit paving.
BIT 16.6 Check that the temperature of the mix delivered to the site does not
exceed the maximum discharge temperature allowed. Confirm the
temperature of the mix does not fall below the minimum temperature
allowable for placement.
BIT 16.7 M Check and witness that all samples required in the Contract
Documents, are taken at correct (random) locations and tonnages.
Confirm proper reinstatement of sample locations (plates and cores)
on a daily basis.
BIT 16.8 Check that equipment does not damage areas beyond the shoulder.
BIT 16.9 Check that debris, including excess material, is removed from the repair
area and adjacent pavement.
225
ELECTRICAL AND ATMS – TASK E/ATMS 1
ELECTRICAL AND ATMS CHAMBERS
Task # Activity
E/ATMS 1.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is in accordance

with the Contract Documents. Record all non-conformance
items and provide recommendations.
E/ATMS 1.2 Check that the type, alignment, offset, station, elevation relative to
final grade, and depth of maintenance holes and hand holes
conforms to the Contract Document requirements.
E/ATMS 1.3 M Check that the number of concrete adjustment units conforms
to Contract Document requirements.
E/ATMS 1.4 Check that the correct number of sleeves and openings are
installed. Check for correct positioning, alignment and installation
of: ladder rungs, pulling irons, duct sleeves, drainage pipe, and
frames and covers.
E/ATMS 1.5 M Check that drainage installation has been completed as

E/ATMS 1.6 M Check that the backfill materials are as specified in the
Contract Documents and are compacted to the target density.
E/ATMS 1.7 Check that rigid ducts entering maintenance holes are installed with
standard end bells placed flush with the face of the inside wall of
the unit.
E/ATMS 1.8 Check that ATMS communications ducts entering chambers are
installed such that they extend 150mm beyond the face of the
inside wall of the unit.
E/ATMS 1.9 M Check that frames and covers are connected to the system
ground.
E/ATMS 1.10 M Check that frames and covers are free of debris and that drain
openings are clear.
E/ATMS 1.11 M Obtain GPS readings for chambers.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1 /D2
226
ELECTRICAL AND ATMS – TASK E/ATMS 2
UNDERGROUND DUCTS
Task # Activity
E/ATMS 2.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is in accordance

E/ATMS 2.2 M Check that excavation for the duct and/or duct bank conforms
to the specified dimensions.
E/ATMS 2.3 Check that the depth of ducts conforms to Contract Document
requirements.
E/ATMS 2.4 M Check that wobble joints are installed as specified in the
Contract Documents.
E/ATMS 2.5 Check that the correct size, type, colour and number of ducts are
being installed.
E/ATMS 2.6 M Check that backfill materials are as specified in the Contract
E/ATMS 2.7 Check that surface mounted duct has been installed in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommendations and the contract
drawings
E/ATMS 2.8 M Where Electrical Non-Metallic Tubing (ENT) is used; check that
it has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
E/ATMS 2.9 Check that marker tape and cable bricks have been installed as
E/ATMS 2.10 M Check that ducts are free of debris.
227
E/ATMS 2.11 M Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and
have fishwire installed.
E/ATMS 2.12 M Check that ducts for underpass luminaires consist of non-
metallic liquid tight conduit and connectors.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A1 for communication ducts, C1/D2 for all other ducts
228
ELECTRICAL – TASK E 10
POLE FOUNDATIONS AND POLE ERECTION
Task # Activity
E 10.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from
commencement of the contract. Record all non-conformance items
and provide recommendations.
E 10.2 Check that the Design-Builder augers holes to the specified dimensions
for poles and footings.
E 10.3 M Check that the foundations are constructed according to the

Contract Documents.
E 10.4 Visually check all poles for dents, cracks, scratches, paint chipping, and
any other obvious imperfections.
E 10.5 Check that the Design-Builder properly stores, erects and supports the
poles in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and the
Contract Document constraints.
E 10.6 Check that the pole orientation and handhole orientation are as specified
E 10.7 M Check that the orientation and elevation of each and every frangible
base is as specified in the Contract Documents. Perform 100%
inspection of frangible bases.
E 10.8 M Check that pole foundations and poles are installed to the correct
elevation, station, offset, and vertically aligned, as specified in the
Contract Documents.
E 10.9 M Check that the local grading around the pole foundations is
completed as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 10.10 M Check that the distance between the pole bases and the pole
footings are according to the Contract Documents.
229
E 10.11 M Check that all formwork is removed.
E 10.12 M Obtain GPS readings for all lighting poles.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1 / D2
230
GROUNDING
Task # Activity
E 11.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Record all non-conformance items and provide
recommendations.
E 11.2 Check that insulation ground wire is of correct colour and type, as
E 11.3 M Check that the specified ground electrodes are used and that the
type, quantity, dimensions, and locations of ground electrodes are
E 11.4 M Check that all ground connectors are Canadian Standards

Association (CSA) approved, and are of the size and type specified in
E 11.5 M Check that all inaccessible ground connections are installed as

E 11.6 M Check that the Design-Builder conducts the resistance to ground

tests. Check that the Design-Builder ensures that the grounding
system complies with the requirements of the Electrical Safety
Authority (ESA) and is in conformance with the Contract Documents.
E 11.7 M Check that the traffic signal grounding system is in conformance

with the Contract Documents.
E 11.8 M Check that all metal components throughout the contract are
grounded according to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
E 11.9 Check that the system ground is continuous throughout.
E 11.10 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance is supplied and reviewed

231
CABLE INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
E 12.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is in accordance with the
Contract Documents. Record all non-conformance items and provide
recommendations.
E 12.2 M Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified in the
Contract Documents.
E 12.3 M Check that all communication cable on-reel tests have been
completed successfully, immediately following delivery and prior to
any communication cable installation work.
E 12.4 M Check that the Design-Builder pulls cables through the ducts without
exceeding the maximum pulling tension recommended by the
manufacturer and without underground splices. Check that sufficient
cable lubricant is used during the pulling operation.
E 12.5 Where direct buried cable is installed, check that marker tape and cable
bricks are installed as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 12.6 M For Low Voltage Systems and Extra Low Voltage Systems, check
that the Design-Builder performs continuity and resistance to ground
tests, as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 12.7 Check that all splices and terminations conform as specified in the
Contract Documents.
E 12.8 M Check that all continuity and attenuation tests on all connectorized
links are as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 12.9 M For High Voltage Systems, check that the Design-Builder performs
all testing required by the local authorities and all tests specified in
E 12.10 Check that all ducts terminating in traffic signal control cabinets, power
supply cabinets, and/or distribution assemblies with wiring installed are
sealed.
232
E 12.11 Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and have
fishwire installed.
E 12.12 M Check that coils and slack cable is provided as specified in the
Contract Documents.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1/C2
233
LUMINAIRES
Task # Activity
E 13.1 Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being supplied from the
`
E 13.2 Check that the luminaires delivered have the correct lamp, socket position,
photometrics, ballast, and that they are dated.
E 13.3 M Check that luminaires are installed and aligned correctly.
E 13.4 M Check that luminaire shields, refractors, and reflectors are installed
and aligned correctly.
E 13.5 M Check that all luminaires and associated hardware and materials are
visually checked for cracks, dents and other damage.
E 13.6 M Once all of the luminaires have been installed, perform an aerial
inspection on a minimum of 5 percent of the conventional (non-high
mast) luminaires.
E 13.7 M Check that all luminaires operate properly when the system is
energized.
E 13.8 M Check that the luminaire “burn-in” period meets requirements as

E 13.9 Check that fuses are of the correct amperage and type.
234
POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT
Task # Activity
E 14.2 M Check that the Design-Builder has obtained the Electrical Safety
Authority (ESA) label of approval prior to installation of the power
supply.
E 14.3 Check the equipment for obvious defects or damage.
E 14.4 Check that the equipment is as specified, paying special attention to the
ratings for voltage and amperage.
E 14.5 M Check that the specified grounding is completed
E 14.6 Where applicable, check that the power supply is mounted at the correct
height, using the specified brackets.
E 14.7 M Check that the Design-Builder has tested the cables and the
grounding system in accordance with the Contract Documents.
E 14.8 M Check that the photoelectric controllers are installed and oriented
correctly.
E 14.9 M Check that the component layout conforms to the approved shop
drawings.
E 14.10 M Check that the Design-Builder has obtained a connection

authorization from the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) prior to
energization.

E 14.12 M Obtain GPS readings for power supply cabinets and distribution
assemblies.
235
TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT
Task # Activity
E 15.2 M Receive manufacturer’s certificate for pre-installation testing of

equipment.
E 15.3 M Check that the PH-M-125 (legal approval form) is received prior to
signal equipment (both permanent and temporary) being activated.
E 15.4 Check that the signal heads and brackets are the correct size and type.
E 15.5 Check that the lamps or the LED modules are the correct wattage and are
installed correctly.
E 15.6 Check the orientation and mounting heights of traffic signal heads.
E 15.7 Check that test results for loops conform to the Contract Document
requirements.
E 15.8 Check that all actuation devices operate properly.
E 15.9 M Once all of the signal displays have been installed, perform an aerial
inspection on a minimum of 2 non-pedestrian signal heads per
intersection.
E 15.10 M Check that the Design-Builder has tested all traffic signal control
equipment, demonstrated that it is fully operational and that it
conforms to the requirements as specified in the Contract
Documents.
E 15.11 M Check that traffic signal operation conforms to the timing plan and
operational parameters set by the Regional Traffic Section.

236
TRAFFIC ACTUATION AND DETECTION EQUIPMENT
Task # Activity
E 16.2 M Check that the equipment has passed pre-installation testing prior to
any installation work.
E 16.3 Check that sealant is the approved type and rated for the temperature at
which time the installation is taking place.
E 16.4 Check that loop layout and installation are in conformance with the
Contract Documents. Check that the loops are installed with the size,
winding direction, number of turns and type of cable specified.
E 16.5 M Check that the Design-Builder has accurately laid out the loops. The
position (centred within the lane), dimensions and spacing to
upstream or downstream loops are critical. Check that the Design-
Builder applies special treatment (neoprene tubing) to sawcut slots
that cross pavement irregularities and that the corners have been
rounded as detailed in the Contract Documents.
E 16.6 Check that the loop cable end at the splice point which progresses
clockwise is clearly identified, such as being marked with multiple bands of
electrical vinyl tape which also indicate the loop number (loop number four
(4) requires four (4) bands of tape, etc.).
E 16.7 Check that the saw cut slot depth is as required and has been cleaned
and thoroughly dried as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 16.8 Check that the black conductor of the extra low voltage cable is
consistently connected to the clockwise winding of the loop lead cable.
E 16.9 Check backing rods are the correct length, diameter and are spaced as
required in the Contract Documents.
E 16.10 For Traffic Counting Stations, check that post, accessories (reflector /
chain etc.) and handhole sizes, type and orientation is as specified in the
Contract Documents.
237
E 16.11 Check that the metallic shield of extra-low voltage cables are cut off
cleanly and left unconnected in the resin loop splice.
E 16.12 M Verify all loop splices and determine that they are encased in a resin
splice with the splices positioned to obtain a minimum coverage of
6mm of resin around each splice.
E 16.13 Check that initially, the sensitivity switches of amplifiers are set to Level 4.
Fine-tuning of the sensitivity switches will be adjusted during the physical
car counting process.
E 16.14 Check that the High (FH) Low (FL) frequency switches of amplifiers
alternate on each channel.
E 16.15 M Check that the Design-Builder tests the loop with a “megger” and
with an inductance meter and submits the measured values for
verification.
E 16.16 M Verify that the loop is operating as specified in the Contract

Documents.
E 16.17 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance (if required) is supplied

and reviewed as per the time requirements of the Contract
Documents.
238
ELECTRICAL – TASK E17
HIGH MAST LIGHTING
Task # Activity
E 17.2 M Check that the supply erection drawings and procedures have been
received prior to the commencement of the assembly of any high
mast poles.
E 17.3 M Check that the high mast equipment training certificates for the
Design-Builder’s employees have been received prior to the
commencement of construction of any high mast poles.
E 17.4 M Check that the shop drawings (poles, anchorage assemblies and
raising/lowering equipment) have been received prior to the
commencement of any high mast poles.
E 17.5 M Check that the distance from the top of the high mast pole footing to
the bottom of the bottom levelling nuts is according to the Contract
Documents.
E 17.6 Inspect the high mast lighting luminaires in accordance with Task E6.
E 17.7 M Check that all high mast lighting equipment and materials are in
place and are visually checked for cracks, dents and other damage.
E 17.8 M Check that the Design-Builder has tested all high mast lighting
equipment, particularly the raising and lowering equipment,
demonstrated that it is fully operational, and that it conforms to the
requirements as specified in the Contract Documents.
E 17.9 M Check that the certificate of conformance has been received, and any
required documentation concerning the galvanizing and paint
coating of the high mast lighting equipment.
239
E 17.10 Check that the fuses are of the correct amperage and type.
E 17.11 M Check that shielding is correctly in place and providing required light
transmission cut off prior to the burn-in test.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – F2
240
ELECTRICAL – TASK E18
SIGNAL ACTIVATION (TEMPORARY AND PERMANEMT INSTALLATION)
Task # Activity
E 18.1 M Check the Design-Builder has an approved signed copy of the

applicable PHM 125 documents.
E 18.2 Check offset from E/P or back of curb to front face of pole base is as per
Contract Documents .
E 18.3 Check grading requirements are as per Ministry related documents.
E 18.4 Check that pedestrian push buttons are accessible and approaches are
level.
E 18.5 Check that pole bases (if adjusted during the construction) that the arm
lengths are per Contract Document requirements.
E18.6 Primary Heads must be positioned in the centre of the through lane.
E 18.7 Check if heads are obstructed by any site objects. If any concerns contact
the designer for recommendation.
E 18.8 Check appropriate signage has been installed and is per Contract
Documents.
E 18.9 Check that Pre-Marking of the Stop Bars, Crosswalks and dropped curbs
are in the correct locations (per PHM 125 and Ministry Standards).
E 18.10 For temporary installations – Check site specific conditions at the time of
installation math PHM 125 drawing.
E 18.11 For temporary installations – Check TCB is placed as per the PHM 125
and that it meets Ministry standards.
E 18.12 M Check that the mandatory pre-activation meeting is held in advance

of signal activation (if applicable) and all required personnel have
been invited.
E 18.13 Check if the pedestrian push buttons are being activated one at a time to
determine that they are functioning properly.
E 18.14 M Confirm the phases and turning movements to determine adequate

time is being allotted to each phase as intended.
241
DAY OF ACTIVATION
E 18.15 Check that all applicable people are present (which includes Police, Traffic
Section representative, Prime Design-Builder representative, Electrical
Co-ordinator, CSA and CA Electrical Inspector)
E 18.16 Check if the corners of the loops are marked with non-permanent paint on
top lift of pavement if cut into the binder.
E 18.17 M Police must control traffic through the intersection until signals are
activated, including during the flash out of the signals,
E 1818 Check if the pavement markings are being installed as per Contract
E 18.19 Check if pedestrian push buttons are being activated one at a time to
determine that they are functioning properly.
E 18.20 M Confirm the phases and turning movements to determine adequate

time is being allotted to each phase as intended (this should be at
the pre-activation meeting).
E 18.21 M Record any requests for changes to timing and / or any other
adjustment made. (This should be at the pre-activation meeting).
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A2 / A1
242
ATMS – TASK ATMS 20
ATMS ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
ATMS 20.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is being supplied
from the approved material selection approval (MSA) list that
was submitted by the Design-Builder at the commencement of
the contract. Record all non-conformance items and provide
recommendations.
ATMS 20.2 M Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified
ATMS 20.3 M Check that the Design-Builder pulls cables through the ducts
without exceeding the maximum pulling tension recommended
by the manufacturer and without underground splices. Check
that sufficient cable lubricant is used during the pulling
operation.
ATMS 20.4 M For Low Voltage Systems and Extra Low Voltage Systems,
check that the Design-Builder performs continuity and
resistance to ground tests, as specified in the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 20.5 Check that all splices and terminations conform as specified in the
Contract Documents.
ATMS 20.6 Check that all ducts terminating in ATMS cabinets, and/or power
supply cabinets with wiring installed are sealed.
ATMS 20.7 Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and
have fishwire installed.
ATMS 20.8 M Check that coils and slack cable is provided as specified in the
Contract Documents.
243
GROUNDING
Task # Activity
ATMS 21.1 M Check all delivered material to verify that it is in accordance

ATMS 21.2 Check that insulation ground wire is of correct colour and type, as
ATMS 21.3 M Check that the specified ground electrodes are used and that
the type, quantity, dimensions, and locations of ground
electrodes are according to the Contract Documents.
ATMS 21.4 M Check that all ground connectors are Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) approved, and are of the size and type
ATMS 21.5 M Check that all inaccessible ground connections are installed
as specified in the Contract Documents.
ATMS 21.6 M Check that the Design-Builder conducts the resistance to

ground tests. Check that the Design-Builder determines that
the grounding system complies with the requirements of the
Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) and is in conformance with
ATMS 21.7 M Check that all metal components throughout the contract are
grounded according to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.
ATMS 21.8 Check that the system ground is continuous throughout.
ATMS 21.9 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance is supplied

and reviewed as per the time requirements of the Contract
Documents.
244
POWER SUPPLY EQUIPMENT
Task # Activity
recommendations.
ATMS 22.2 M Check that the Design-Builder has obtained the Electrical
Safety Authority (ESA) label of approval prior to installation of
the power supply.
ATMS 22.3 Check the equipment for obvious defects or damage.
ATMS 22.4 Check that the equipment is as specified, paying special attention
to the ratings for voltage and amperage.
ATMS 22.5 M Check that the specified grounding and/or bonding is

completed.
ATMS 22.6 Check that the power supply is mounted at the correct height, using
the specified brackets.
ATMS 22.7 M Check that the Design-Builder has tested the cables and the
grounding system in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 22.8 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance is supplied and

reviewed as per the time requirements of the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 22.9 M Obtain GPS readings for ATMS power supply equipment.
245
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) POLESAND MAINTENANCE SITES
Task # Activity
recommendations.
ATMS 23.2 Check that the Design-Builder augers holes to the specified
dimensions for poles and foundations
ATMS 23.3 M Check that the foundations are constructed according to the
Contract Documents.
ATMS 23.4 Visually check all poles for dents, cracks, scratches, and any other
obvious imperfections.
ATMS 23.5 Check that the Design-Builder properly stores, erects and supports
the poles in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations
and the contract constraints.
ATMS 23.6 Check that the pole orientation and handhole orientation are as
ATMS 23.7 M Check that pole foundations and poles are installed to the
correct elevation, station, offset, and vertically aligned, as
ATMS 23.8 M Check that the local grading around the pole foundations is
completed as specified in the Contract Documents.
ATMS 23.9 Check that the opening for the maintenance site is not less than 5.0
m and has the proper taper back to the edge of pavement.
ATMS 23.10 M Check the installation of the subdrain as specified in the

Contract Documents.
ATMS 23.11 M Check that the Design-Builder compacts the fill materials of
the maintenance site to the target density.
ATMS 23.12 M Obtain GPS readings for camera poles.
246
247
COMMUNICATION CABLE INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
recommendations.
ATMS 24.2 M Check that the size, type and colour of cables are as specified
ATMS 24.3 M Check that all communication cable on-reel tests have been
completed successfully, immediately following delivery and
prior to any communication cable installation work.
ATMS 24.4 Check that a generous amount of cable lubricant is applied during
the installation.
ATMS 24.5 Check that communication cable is installed according to all the
constraints of the Contract Documents and that none of the
dynamic characteristics of the cable are exceeded to prevent
damage.
ATMS 24.6 M Check that all continuity and attenuation tests on all
connectorized links as per the Proof of Performance (POP) and
the Contract Documents are performed successfully.
ATMS 24.7 Check that all unused ducts are plugged with plastic plugs and
have fishwire installed. Check that used communication ducts are
plugged with duct sealing compound.
ATMS 24.8 M Check that coils and slack cable in maintenance chambers are
provided as specified in the Contract Documents (typically at
bridge crossings, and upstream and downstream of
communication pedestals).
ATMS 24.9 M Check that all cables are labelled according to the Contract
Documents.
248
DATA TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
ATMS 25.1 M Check all the delivered material to verify that it is being
supplied from the approved material selection approval (MSA)
that was submitted by the Design-Builder at the
commencement of the contract. Record all non-conformance
ATMS 25.2 M Check that the equipment has passed Pre–Installation Testing
(PIT) as required prior to any installation work.
ATMS 25.3 Check that the field and traffic operations centre (TOC) equipment
is installed and secured in the cabinets’ designated reserved space
as per the contract drawings.
ATMS 25.4 Check that all cables are neatly trained together within the cabinet
when routed along the same path and supported along the rails of
the equipment rack and that no maximum bending radii have been
exceeded.
ATMS 25.5 Check that the equipment is connected to the proper power
distribution assembly (PDA) receptacle reserved for the
communication equipment.
ATMS 25.6 Check that the proper data terminal equipment/data

communications equipment (DTE/DCE) to DTE/DCE data interface
cable is installed to match the type of controller equipment.
ATMS 25.7 M Check that all data interface equipment has successfully
passed Proof of Performance (POP) testing prior to
commencing data system line-up acceptance testing (DSLAT)
testing and that DSLAT testing is completed successfully.
ATMS 25.8 M Check that the data communications documentation being

supplied meets the Contract Document requirements.
249
VIDEO TRANSMISSION / DISPLAYEQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
commencement of the contract. Record all non-conformance
ATMS 26.3 Check that the field and traffic operations centre (TOC) equipment
is installed and secured in the cabinets’ designated reserved space
as per the Contract Drawings.
exceeded.
distribution assembly (PDA) receptacle reserved for the video
transmission / display equipment.
ATMS 26.6 M Check that all video transmission / display equipment has
successfully passed Proof of Performance (POP) testing prior
to commencing video system line-up acceptance testing
(VSLAT) testing and that VSLAT testing is completed
successfully.
250
CAMERA EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
Record all non-conformance items and provide
recommendations.
ATMS 27.3 Check that the entire pole top is grounded according to the contract
drawings.
ATMS 27.4 Check that the field equipment is installed and secured in the
cabinets’ designated reserved space as per the contract drawings.
exceeded.
distribution assembly (PDA) receptacle reserved for the camera
equipment.
ATMS 27.7 Check that the pan/tilt range stops are field adjusted with the
assistance and guidance of advanced traffic management systems
(ATMS).
ATMS 27.8 M Check that all camera equipment has successfully passed
Proof of Performance (POP) testing.
ATMS 27.9 M Obtain GPS readings for ATMS camera equipment.
251
VEHICLE DETECTION EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
recommendations.
ATMS 28.2 M Check that the equipment has passed pre-installation testing
prior to any installation work.
ATMS 28.3 Check that sealant is the approved type and rated for the
temperature at which time the installation is taking place.
ATMS 28.4 Check that loop layout and installation are in conformance with the
Contract Documents. Check that the loops are installed with the
size, winding direction, number of turns and type of cable specified.
ATMS 28.5 M Check that the Design-Builder has accurately laid out the
loops. The position (centred within the lane), dimensions and
spacing to upstream or downstream loops are critical. Check
that the Design-Builder applies special treatment (neoprene
tubing) to sawcut slots that cross pavement irregularities and
that the corners have been rounded as detailed in the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 28.6 Check that the loop cable end at the splice point which progresses
clockwise is clearly identified, such as being marked with multiple
bands of electrical vinyl tape which also indicate the loop number
(loop number four (4) requires four (4) bands of tape, etc.).
ATMS 28.7 Check that the saw cut slot depth is as required and has been
cleaned and thoroughly dried as specified in the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 28.8 Check that the black conductor of the extra low voltage cable is
consistently connected to the clockwise winding of the loop lead
cable.
ATMS 28.9 Check backing rods are the correct length, diameter and are
spaced as required in the Contract Documents.
252
ATMS 28.10 Check that the metallic shield of extra-low voltage cables are cut off
cleanly and left unconnected in the resin loop splice.
ATMS 28.11 M Verify all loop splices and determine that they are encased in a
resin splice with the splices positioned to obtain a minimum
coverage of 6mm of resin around each splice.
ATMS 28.12 Check that each detector station is identified with a nameplate on
the inside wall of the splice point.
ATMS 28.13 Check that the loop location is accurately marked with a cut cross
on each curb.
ATMS 28.14 Check that the operating mode of all connected detector amplifiers
is set to presence (PR) mode.
ATMS 28.15 Check that initially, the sensitivity switches of amplifiers are set to
Level 4. Fine-tuning of the sensitivity switches will be adjusted
during the physical car counting process.
ATMS 28.16 Check that the High (FH) Low (FL) frequency switches of amplifiers
alternate on each channel.
ATMS 28.17 M Check that the Design-Builder tests the loop with a “megger”
and with an inductance meter and submits the measured
values for verification.
ATMS 28.18 M Verify that the loop is operating as specified in the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 28.19 M Check that the Certificate of Conformance (if required) is

supplied and reviewed as per the time requirements of the
Contract Documents.
ATMS 28.20 M Check that all vehicle detection station (VDS) equipment has
successfully passed Proof of Performance (POP) testing.
ATMS 28.21 M Obtain GPS readings for VDS loop station.
253
CABINET AND CONTROLLER INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
recommendations.
ATMS 29.3 Check that all concrete cabinet pads are installed to the correct
elevation, station and offset, as specified in the Contract
Documents.
ATMS 29.4 Check that all conduits for the concrete cabinet pads are installed
to the proper dimensions.
ATMS 29.5 Check that all conduits into the cabinets are identified as to their
purpose.
ATMS 29.6 Check that all unused conduits into a cabinet have a fishwire
installed and are plugged with plastic plugs, used conduits should
be sealed.
ATMS 29.7 Check that the cabinet is installed with the door orientation
specified in the Contract Drawings.
ATMS 29.8 Check that the proper 12 character laminated phenolic identification
nameplate is installed on the cabinet so as to be visible when
approaching along the highway.
ATMS 29.9 Check that the cabinet ground bus is connected to the system
ground at the power supply ground termination.
ATMS 29.10 Check that the loop input wires (extra low voltage cables) are
labelled and terminated at the I/J file according to the contract
drawings.
ATMS 29.11 Check the controller is plugged into the proper outlet of the cabinet
power distribution assembly (PDA).
254
ATMS 29.12 Check the controller is left with the power switch in the “on”
position.
ATMS 29.13 M Check that all controller and cabinet equipment has
successfully passed Proof of Performance (POP) testing.
ATMS 29.14 M Obtain GPS readings for cabinet.
255
VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (VMS) INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
that was submitted by Design-Builder at the commencement of
the contract.
recommendations.
ATMS 30.3 Check that the structural support truss is grounded according to the
contract drawings.
ATMS 30.4 Check that the field equipment is installed and secured in the
cabinets’ designated reserved space as per the contract drawings.
exceeded.
ATMS 30.6 Check that the VMS is positioned on the truss as per the contract
drawings.
ATMS 30.7 Check that the Design-Builder has all tools tied off while working on
the structure and that all Operation Constraints for traffic control
from the Contract Documents have been followed.
ATMS 30.8 Check that all support clamps are secured prior to removing the
crane support.
ATMS 30.9 Check that the VMS is installed with the tile angle recommended
within the Contract Documents.
ATMS 30.10 Check that all access doors are anchored and/or secured properly.
ATMS 30.11 Check that all attachment bolts and/or nuts are tightened to the
recommended manufacturer’s torque.
ATMS 30.12 M Check that all VMS equipment has passed Proof of
Performance (POP).
256
ATMS 30.13 M Obtain GPS readings for Variable Message Signs
257
SYSTEM INTEGRATION TEST (SIT) VERIFICATION
Task # Activity
ATMS 31.1 M Check that all equipment installed in the Contract has
successfully completed its Pre- Installation Test (PIT) and / or
Proof of Performance (POP) testing prior to commencing with
SIT.
ATMS 31.2 M Check that the Design-Builder tests in the following

chronological order:
 Complete all equipment and subsystem tests required in
the Contract Documents;
 Test each subsystem independently on the communication
subsystem;
 Test each subsystem independently through the
communications subsystem with the head end control
device in the traffic operations centre (TOC);
 Add subsystems one at a time and monitor the head end
performance at the TOC;
 Fail safe testing of all subsystems one at a time and
monitor the lead end performance at the TOC
ATMS 31.3 M Check that the Design-Builder follows the approved SIT test
procedures.
ATMS 31.4 M Check that all tests are successfully completed and all results
(PIT, POP and Stage 1 of SIT) are submitted for verification.
ATMS 31.5 M Check that a notification to start the 14 day burn-in test is
submitted 5 Business Days in advance, before the
commencement of the test.
ATMS 31.6 M Check daily that the Event and Error Logs of the Compass
System during the 14 day burn-in test are error free and to
notify the Design-Builder promptly if there are any errors.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – A1/A2
258
PORTABLE VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PVMS) INSTALLATION - FIXED

SUPPORT
Task # Activity
supplied from the approved material selection (MSA) that was
submitted by the Design-Builder at the commencement of the
contract.
ATMS 32.2 M Check that the equipment has passed Pre-Installation Testing
ATMS 32.3 Check that the PVMS support structure is grounded according to
the contract drawings.
ATMS 32.4 Check that the PVMS is positioned on the support structure as per
the contract drawings.
ATMS 32.5 Check that the PVMS is positioned with the angle recommended
within the contract drawings.
ATMS 32.6 Check that all attachment bolts and / or nuts are tightened to the
ATMS 32.7 Check installation PVMS controller cabinet including mounting on

the structure, locking mechanism and that equipment inside is
securely mounted.
ATMS 32.8 Check the mounting and position of the solar panel and battery
pack, if applicable.
ATMS 32.9 Check power supply connection to sign, if applicable.
ATMS 15.10 Check communications link (e.g. telephone, fibre, etc.) to the sign,
if applicable.
ATMS 32.11M Check that the communication mode has been set for remote
control (e.g. cellular communication), if applicable. Test to
determine there is proper control from a COMPASS Traffic
Operations Centre or Radio Room.
ATMS 32.12 M Check that all PVMS equipment has passed Proof of
Performance (POP).
259
ATMS 32.13 M Obtain GPS readings for Portable Variable Message Sign.
260
PORTABLE VARIABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PVMS) INSTALLATION -

PORTABLE (TRAILER MOUNTED)
Task # Activity
the contract.
ATMS 33.3 Check that the PVMS trailer is stabilized and levelled.
ATMS 33.4 Check that that the PVMS trailer assembly includes wheel locks to
maintain security of the PCMS.
ATMS 33.5 Check that the PVMS sign display is accurately aligned towards
traffic.
ATMS 33.6 Check that the PVMS is locked into secure position to prevent
rotation and lowering of the sign while in display mode.
ATMS 33.7 Check that the solar panel is locked into the appropriate position on
the top of the sign case by using the independent locking
mechanism.
ATMS 33.8 Check that the solar panel is installed facing a true South.
ATMS 33.9 Check that all attachment bolts and / or nuts are tightened to the
ATMS 33.10 Check that the PVMS controller cabinet and equipment inside is
securely mounted.
ATMS 33.11 Check battery pack is secured and connected.
ATMS 33.12 Check that communication link to the sign has been activated.
ATMS 33.13 Check for presence of non-skid finish on fenders.
ATMS 33.14 M Check that all PVMS equipment has passed Proof of
Performance (POP).
261
ATMS 33.15 M Obtain GPS readings for PVMS for initial installation and each
relocation required in the Contract Documents. The GPS
coordinates shall be provided to COMPASS Operations by
email within 2 hours of the PVMS installation.
ATMS 33.16 M For PVMS used for traffic management during construction
contract, provide PVMS operation data in the traffic signage
diary. The record shall include PVMS display content, status
of operation, location and direction of the PVMS face. Provide
the message content to COMPASS Operations daily.
262
NON - INTRUSIVE TRAFFIC SENSOR INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
the contract.
ATMS 34.3 Check that the Design-Builder has accurately mounted the unit
according to manufacturer’s installation guidelines for parameters
including the mounting height, set-back position (side-fire
configuration), tilt angle, etc.
ATMS 34.4 Check that a traffic sensor unit is aimed properly to the travel lanes
based on whether it is configured for side-fire or forward-looking
mode. Check that each detection footprint is contained within one
lane.
ATMS 34.5 Check that sensor communications and power cables are
continuous between the surge suppressor units and the cabinet
and connected correctly at the sensor unit, surge suppressors and
to ATC unit inside the cabinet. Verify grounding of the surge
suppression and cable.
ATMS 34.6 Check that the external power supplies, grounding and RF
equipment are connected as per Contract Document requirements
and manufacturer installation guidelines.
ATMS 34.7 Check that the sensor unit is properly calibrated at the site by using
manufacturer PC software. Confirm that data is received at the
COMPASS Traffic Operations Centre.
ATMS 34.8 M Check if additional calibration table is required later in the

contract to reflect lane configuration dictated by staging. Note
approximate schedule.
ATMS 34.9 M Check that all sensor equipment has passed Proof of
Performance (POP).
263
DOME CAMERA INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
the contract.
ATMS 35.3 Check that the pole top is grounded according to the contract
drawings.
ATMS 35.4 Check that the wiring between the camera and cabinet has been
installed continuous with no intermediate splices.
ATMS 35.5 Check that cable strain relief is provided for the power and
communication cables.
exceeded.
ATMS 35.7 Check that the camera pole does not obstruct the desired camera
field review.
ATMS 35.8 Check blanking preset, if applicable.
ATMS 35.9 Check that equipment is connected to the proper power distribution
assembly (PDA) receptacle reserved for the camera equipment
ATMS 35.10 Check by visual inspection of the image at TOC that the stainless
steel straps for the camera arm are sufficiently tightened and that
the dome is free of dirt.
ATMS 35.11 M Check that all Dome Camera equipment has passed Proof of
Performance (POP).
ATMS 35.12 M Obtain GPS readings for dome camera.
264
CAMERA RAISING AND LOWERING DEVICE INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
the contract.
ATMS 36.3 Check that camera pole is free from external damage from
transportation to the site.
ATMS 36.4 Check that camera pole is placed as per Contract Document
specifications and that underground ducts connect properly to the
pole.
ATMS 36.5 Verify that pole is installed plumb.
ATMS 36.6 Check that the straps for the pole mounted fitter with pulley housing
and mounting bracket are tightened securely.
ATMS 36.7 Check that the arm is positioned as per Contract Document
specifications.
ATMS 36.8 Check that the arm is installed at the height specified in Contract
Document specifications.
ATMS 36.9 Check that power and communication cables are continuous from
cabinet to the camera.
ATMS 36.10 Check that power and communications cables and suspension
cable have sufficient length to allow lowering of the camera to
ground level.
ATMS 36.11 Check that the winch is rust free and installed securely.
ATMS 36.12 M Check to see the raising/lowering device can be operated

using both (a) an electrically-powered and (b) hand-operated
device.
265
ATMS 36.13 M Check that all Camera Raising and Lowering Device equipment
has passed Proof of Performance (POP).
ATMS 36.14 M Obtain GPS readings for Camera Raising and Lowering
Device.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1 / D2
266
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Task # Activity
the contract.
ATMS 37.2 M Check that the equipment passed Pre-Installation Testing (PIT)
as required prior to any installation work.
ATMS 37.3 Check that the field equipment is installed and secured on the
structure (e.g. transmitter and receiver poles / towers) as per the
contract drawings.
ATMS 37.4 Check that all cables are supplied continuous with no intermediate
splices from cabinet to pole top.
ATMS 37.5 Check that cable connectors match equipment and are securely
installed on the cables.
ATMS 37.6 Check that Check that all cables are neatly trained together within
the cabinet when routed along the same path and supported along
the rails of the equipment rack and that no maximum bending radii
have been exceeded.
ATMS 37.7 Check that equipment is connected to the proper power distribution
assembly (PDA) receptacle reserved for the communication
equipment.
ATMS 37.8 Check that transmit and receive antennas are properly aligned
towards each other.
ATMS 37.9 M Check that all wireless communication links equipment has
passed Proof of Performance (POP).
ATMS 37.10 M Obtain GPS reading foe wireless communications system.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1 / C2
267
TRAFFIC CONTROL – TASK TC 1
GENERAL
Task # Activity
TC 1.1 M Check that Design-Builder has submitted an applicable site specific

Workers Protection Plan and Traffic Control Plan.
TC 1.2 Review the Approved Signing Requirements with the Design-Builder.
TC 1.3 Record Design-Builder’s contact person(s) responsible for traffic control

and the Traffic Control Signing diary.
TC 1.4 Check that the construction zone designation is in place before speed limit
signs are changed or the construction zone begins / ends signs are
installed.
TC 1.5 Check that layout of signs is in accordance with Ontario Traffic Manual
Book 7 Temporary Conditions or as modified by the Regional Traffic
Office.
TC 1.6 M Check that Design-Builder’s initial sign placements (by station, offset
and height above pavement) and all revisions are clearly
documented in the Traffic Control Signing diary.
TC 1.7 Check that all signs and traffic control devices are properly maintained,
and in good working order, (i.e. flashers, etc.), and that temporary traffic
signals are working properly with no long delays.
TC 1.8 Check that signs and traffic control devices are retro-reflective, clean,
legible and in good working order.
TC 1.9 Check for the removal of temporary signs when they are no longer
required.
TC 1.10 M Check that (on a regular basis) the Design-Builder records each
stage change or sign change in the Traffic Control Signing diary.
TC 1.11 M If an accident occurs check that the Design-Builder has documented

all traffic control devices, signing, time of inspection and any other
pertinent information including measurements, photos and police
accident reports.
TC 1.12 M Check that all lane closure protocol is adhered to as per the
268
NOTE: This task shall be performed by all staff on the contract on an “ongoing”
basis. It shall be performed at the initial installation of the traffic stage and
every change throughout the life of the contract.
269
ENVIRONMENTAL – TASK ENV 1
USE OF WASTE PRODUCTS / MATERIALS IN THE WORK
Task # Activity
ENV 1.1 M Check that waste product dust suppressants meet the material and
construction requirements of the Contract Documents, e.g. MOE
approved dust suppressant.
ENV 1.2 M Check that any use/placement of reclaimed/excess concrete, asphalt

pavement, etc. as aggregate, embankment material, slope flattening
material, engineered fill within the ROW or other fill is in compliance
with the material and construction requirements of the Contract
Documents.
ENV 1.3 M Check that standard forms regarding use of blast furnace slag in the
work are submitted 3 weeks prior to any use of the material.
ENV 1.4 M Check that any use/placement of blast furnace slag as aggregate,
embankment material, slope flattening material or fill is in
compliance with the material and construction requirements of the
Contract Documents.
270
MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIALS
Task # Activity
ENV 2.1 M Check that sampling, testing, storage, documentation / manifesting,

transportation and disposal of excess materials that is hazardous
waste is conducted in accordance with the Contract Documents. A
copy of all test results and waste manifests are provided to the MTO
Environmental Planner – Waste Management.
ENV 2.2 M Check that standard forms regarding the management of excess
material are submitted prior to management of excess material off
site.
ENV 2.3 M Check that areas are pre-cleared prior to excess material placement
and contour graded and seeded and mulched after placement.
ENV 2.4 Record the locations of management areas and sources of excess
material being managed.
ENV 2.5 M Check compliance with conditions on management of disposed fill

and materials stockpiled inside the R.O.W., on Ministry property and
on third party properties covered with letters of agreement.
271
WORK IN, ADJACENT TO, AND OVER WATERBODIES
Task # Activity
ENV 3.1 Check that sediment and other deleterious material are prevented from
reaching watercourses, and other water bodies.
ENV 3.2 Check that entry of equipment and construction materials to watercourses
and waterbodies, and undertaking of any work, is limited to that specified
in the Contract Documents and environmental documentation, and as may
be authorized through environmental permits/approvals.
ENV 3.3 Check that work specified in the watercourses/waterbodies and their
banks is in compliance with that specified in the Contract Documents and
environmental documentation, and as may be authorized through
environmental permits/approvals.
ENV 3.4 Check that temporary water passage systems, temporary waterbody
crossings, cofferdams and turbidity curtains are installed, maintained and
removed in compliance with Contract Document requirements.
ENV 3.5 Check that disturbance/damage to watercourse/waterbody beds, banks

and bank vegetation is limited to that specified in the Contract Documents
and environmental documentation, and as may be authorized through
environmental permits/approvals.
ENV 3.6 Check for compliance with the time constraints specified in the Contract
Documents relative to work in and adjacent to watercourses.
ENV 3.7 Check that re-grading and restoration measures are undertaken as
specified in the Contract Documents that the erosion/sedimentation
control schemes are in place and functioning. Determine if additional
erosion control measures, or additional locations may be required.
– A1 During critical operations (i. e. in-water work,
beginning and ending of dewatering and unwatering
operations. Except where a Fisheries Contracts
Specialist has been hired to oversee the work under a
DFO Fisheries Act Authorization.
272
WORK IN AND ADJACENT TO AREAS OF TREESNOT DESIGNATED FOR

REMOVAL
Task # Activity
ENV 4.1 Check that sediment and other deleterious material are prevented from
reaching areas of trees not designated for removal.
ENV 4.2 Check that the specified limits of grading are not exceeded in and
adjacent to areas of trees not designated for removal, and that
damage/removal of trees is limited to that specified in the Contract
Documents and environmental documentation.
ENV 4.3 Check that entry of equipment, construction materials and excess
materials to areas of trees not designated for removal is limited to that
specified in the Contract Documents and environmental documentation.
ENV 4.4 Check that tree barrier protection is in place prior to commencement of
construction activities.
ENV 4.5 Check for proper placement and maintenance of barrier for tree protection.
ENV 4.6 Check for any damage to trees, and have them repaired / replaced as
273
CONTROL OF DUST FROM THE WORK
Task # Activity
ENV 5.1 Check that dust from exposed work, and from construction operations
such as grading, concrete cutting/grinding, abrasive blast cleaning of
concrete and steel, and road sweeping does not cause a nuisance to
pedestrian and vehicular traffic within the ROW, adjacent
residential/commercial/institutional properties, and is not entering a
watercourse or Environmentally Significant Area.
NOTE: This task shall be performed by all staff on the contract on an “ongoing” basis.
274
TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
Task # Activity
ENV 6.1 M Check that sediment barriers, flow checks, sediment traps, turbidity
curtains and cofferdams are installed where and when they are
specified in the Contract Documents, or as specified in the Design-
Builder’s proposals, or are adjusted when installed, according to site
conditions and staging activities.
ENV 6.2 Check that construction of temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures complies with Contract Document requirements.
ENV 6.3 Check that temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are
maintained and replaced as specified in the Contract Documents. Check
that contingency supplies where specified in the Contract Documents,
such as straw bale flow checks, erosion control blanket, stakes, rock and
silt fence are on site for the purposes of maintenance or repair of erosion
and sediment control measures.
ENV 6.4 Check that accumulated sediment is cleaned out from temporary erosion
and sedimentation control measures as specified in the Contract
Documents, and that temporary erosion and sedimentation control
measures are checked for effective working condition prior to forecasted
major storm events, and subsequent to storm events.
ENV 6.5 Check that sediment discharges to watercourses and other sensitive
areas are removed in consultation with environmental staff.
ENV 6.6 Check that temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are
removed as specified in the Contract Documents, and in a manner that
prevents sediment escape.
ENV 6.7 Check for compliance with time constraints on the maximum period
between removal of original vegetative surface cover and placement of
final specified surface cover. Check that such compliance also provides
for compliance with the cut-off dates for seed and cover specified in the
Contract Documents.
ENV 6.8 Check that the Design-Builder installs any additional erosion and
sedimentation control measures that are necessary solely because of
preferred construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures selected by the Design-Builder.
275
ENV 6.9 Check that the Design-Builder installs any additional erosion and
sedimentation control measures that were not anticipated during design,
but are required because of site conditions.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION – C1 during installation

– C1 prior to forecasted major storm events
– C1 following significant storm events
– E1 for routine maintenance, unless maintenance / repairs are
required upon inspection and after significant storm events
276
INCIDENT MANAGEMENT
(As required by clause GC7.13.03 of the MTO General Conditions of Contract)
Task # Activity
ENV 7.1 Check that any spill, discharge, emission, release or escape of a
material, pollutant, contaminant, deleterious substance or dangerous
good as a result of an incident under the control of the Design-
Builder or as a result of the Design-Builder’s operations, is
immediately contained.
ENV7.2 Check that the Design-Builder undertakes immediate notification of the

spill / environmental incident to the proper authorities (SP199F34). If the
Design-Builder is unable or unwilling to make the required notifications, or
there is any doubt that they have been made, the CA shall make the
immediate notifications on behalf of the Design-Builder.
ENV 7.3 Check that the Design-Builder undertakes cleanup and restoration of the
environment to pre-spill / environmental incident conditions.
ENV 7.4 Check that the Design-Builder completes the Incident Notification Form
(PH-CC-818) within 48 hours of the incident.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION - A1 Upon notification by the Design-Builder of an

incident as required by MTO GC 7.13.03, or upon direct
discovery by the CA
277
FISHERIES ACT AUTHORIZATION IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING
(As required by SP199F58 - Fisheries Act Authorization Compliance

– Oversight, Monitoring and Documentation)
Task # Activity
ENV 8.1 Verify that the Fisheries Contracts Specialist (and Fisheries Assessment
Specialist, if required) is registered in the appropriate Specialty on RAQS,
as posted under “Contract Attachments” in the Owner’s Contract Business
Management System for the contract.
ENV 8.2 Liaise with Fisheries Contract Specialist regarding Fisheries Act
Authorization requirements of the contract.
ENV 8.3 Check that the Fisheries Contracts Specialist is on-site to determine that
the proper installation, functioning and decommissioning (as appropriate)
of all compensation and mitigation measures referred to in the Fisheries
Act Authorization.
ENV 8.4 Check that the Fisheries Contracts Specialist – Monitoring Documentation
is completed and submitted on time as required. The CA shall send
unmodified copies of each of the Monitoring Documents to the MTO
Regional Environmental Office/Section, within 2 Business Days of receipt
from the Design-Builder, and to the Department of Fisheries and Oceans
as per conditions of the Authorization.
ENV 8.5 Review Monitoring Documentation and take appropriate follow-up action
for issues of non-compliance, including working with the Fisheries
Contracts Specialist towards appropriate remediation.
278
8.0 DESIGN-BUILD INSPECTION TASKS - PERFORMANCE

SPECIFICATIONS
This section of the Administration Manual is still under development; detail is provided only on
administration/oversight of a few of the available Performance Specifications (Perf).
In general, the oversight required for that Work covered by a Performance Specification is
significantly less than traditional levels of oversight for Work covered by an OPSS. The CA,
CSA and Project Lead are strongly encouraged to review in detail all Perfs included in the
Contract Documents and plan the oversight process for each one.
Each Perf provides details of the Design-Builder’s responsibilities and the required performance
of the Work. To guide the CA there are detailed performance measurement criteria including
performance indicators, measurement procedures and requirements for repair/replacement of
non-conforming work. The Perfs also provide detail on the consequences to be applied for non-
conformance to the performance requirements. Non-conformances are administered by the CA.
279
Performance Specification for Environmental Management – PERF 1072
PRE- CONSTRUCTION
Item Performance Element Oversight Method/Comments

1072 Environmental Check /ensure EMS meets all requirements as outlined
Management System under PERF 1072.04.01.02
1072 Permits and Approvals Check/ensure copies of all permits and approvals obtained
by Design-Builder are submitted to CA prior to
construction.
1072 Check/ensure a letter of confirmation is submitted to the
CA that assures that all Class Environmental Assessment
commitments and requirements of permits and approvals
have been met.
DURING CONSTRUCTION

1072 Temporary Erosion Check daily that erosion and sediment control measures
Sedimentation Control (silt fence and straw bales etc.) are in place and
functioning as per the Design-Builder’s Environmental Plan
1072 SARS Mitigation Check weekly that measures are in place for the protection
Measures of any species at risk.
1072 Timing Restrictions Check that all timing requirements are adhered to.
1072 Temporary Water Check that sheet piling/cofferdams/turbidity curtains for the
Passage systems purpose of dewatering, have been installed and
maintained as per Contract Document requirements.
1072 Dust Control Check daily that dust from exposed work is being
addressed by the Design-Builder.
COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION

1072 Environmental Review Work and check to ensure all final mitigation
Management measures have been met
1072 Check that the Design-Builder has submitted a letter that
assures all environmental management features ( as per
table 1 in the RFP) have been met.
LEVEL OF INSPECTION –
280
Performance Specification for Information Management – PERF 1075
PRE- CONSTRUCTION

1075
DURING CONSTRUCTION

1075
COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION

1075
281
Performance Specification for Traffic and Mobility Management – PERF 1077
PRE CONSTRUCTION

1077.1 Designation of Check /ensure Design-Builder submits a signed
Construction Zone construction zone (regulatory) speed reduction form
requesting a posted speed reduction on the contract, and
forward to the regional office for approved signatures.
1077.2 Traffic Management To be submitted prior to construction by the Design-Builder
Plan that outlines the overall traffic management strategy for all
the work performed under the contract ( be available upon
request within 24 hours and on site when workers are
present) Reference list under PERF 1077.04.02
DURING CONSTRUCTION

1077.3 Temporary Condition Check daily that all long duration temporary condition
Signs signs are installed and maintained as per OTM Book 7
( reference typical TL -1 TL-3)
1077.4 Contract Identification Check signs are installed 5 Business Days prior to
Signs (TC-81,s) construction
1077.5 Temporary Advance Check signs are installed 5 Business Days prior to any
Information Signs (TC- lane closures
64,s)
1077.6 Advisory Speed Signs Check daily, signs are in place within the construction
zone as per Book 7 and Design-Builders TMP
1077.7 Design-Builders Sign Check weekly that the Design-Builder is maintaining a sign
Dairy diary as per GC 7.01.05
1077.8 Open Excavations Check daily that there are no open excavations adjacent to
a lane carrying traffic overnight and on non working days.
1077.9 Excavations (Frost Check daily that any excavation within 4 m of lanes
Heaves etc) carrying traffic is backfilled at night up to profile grade prior
to shutdown
1077.10 Equipment/Material Check daily no equipment or material is stored within 4m
of the travelled portion of the roadway at shutdown.
1077.11 Traffic Hazards Check daily that anything that the CA in his/her opinion
constitutes a traffic hazard is removed immediately by the
Design-Builder.
1077.12 Maximum Allowable Check twice /week by means of a simple drive through, to
Travel Time check/ensure the Design-Builder is meeting MATT as
(MATT) outlined in Table 1 of PERF.
1077.13 Consequences for Non Apply consequences for each particular feature as outlined
conformance in Table 3 of PERF as per occurrence.
282
Performance Specification for Design and Reconstruction and Rehabilitation of

Pavement Structure – PERF 2272
PRE CONSTRUCTION
Item Performance Element Oversight Method / Comments

2272.1 Pavement Design Report Review submitted PDR to ensure it meets
including Certification is Contract Document requirements
submitted to CA 5 Business Days
prior to start
of any in place processing.
2272.2 Mix design is submitted 1 Review submitted mix design to ensure it meets
Business Day prior to start of Contract Document requirements
paving
DURING CONSTRUCTION

2272.3 Ensure Design-Builder takes Randomly established sample locations to
samples of material according to submit to Design-Builder
Table E.
2272.4 Vertical & horizontal grade Review submitted grade checks
checks are submitted to CA
within 2 Business Days of each
grade check
2272.5 Design-Builder submits signed Review submitted form PH-CC-820 “Certification
and certified templates or form of Grade Elevation/Cross fall)
(PH-CC-820) “Certification of
Grade Elevation/Crossfall” to the
CA
2272.6 Check that each HMA course; the Upon receipt of Certification of Grade
minimum width (paved lane, Randomly check a point every 2km throughout
shoulder etc.) shall be the design the contract limits
width.
2272.7 Check final cross fall of all paved Upon receipt of Certification of Grade for final
surfaces shall not vary plus or surface asphalt.
minus 0.33% from design cross Randomly check cross-fall at tangent areas
fall. throughout contract limits
Check super elevation at all curves throughout
the contract limits
2272.8 Check the finish surface Upon completion of all surface paving, randomly
pavement is within the 120mm check centreline profile every km throughout the
permitted grade raise. contract limits.
2272.9 Check that the final surface area Upon completion of all paving, review the
is 100% free of all surface contract limits and visually check for distresses.
distresses Immediately notify Design-Builder by instruction
notice if distresses are found that potentially
could impact the safety of the travelling public.
2272.10 Check for Smoothness Upon completion of all paving, randomly check
283
throughout contract limits an area every km throughout the contract limits,

using a 3 m long straight edge, ensuring that
when placed anywhere on the binder or surface
course in any direction, there shall not be a gap
between the bottom of the straight edge and the
surface of the binder or surface course greater
than 6 mm. Document areas that are in non-
conformance and notify Design-Builder through
instruction notice
2272.11 Check material types and Review QA/QC sample results. On site visual
thickness observations.
Check Longitudinal Joints in Upon completion of all paving, check
surface course meet Contract Longitudinal joint is set up as per OPSS 313 and
Document requirements follows demarcation between driving lanes,
tapers etc. as indicated in the Contract
Documents.
POST CONSTRUCTION

2272.12 Check Design-Builder installs Check the accuracy of each 500m segment sign
500m segment signs, as per placement by using an odometer check.
Contract Document requirements. Check Steel post and metal sign conforms to
OPSS 2007 and OPSS 2001
Performance Requirements at Ensure Performance Requirements are met as
Contract Completion per Table G in the PERF.
2272.13 Performance Requirements Ensure Performance Requirements are met as
During the Warranty Period per Table H in PERF
284
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Pavement Markings –

PERF 2273
.
2273.1 Short Term Pavement Check /ensure these markings if needed are
Markings in place and are painted, for each
occurrence
2273.2 Pavement Markings and Randomly check markings and symbols are
Symbols in the location as identified in the Contract
Documents.
2273.3 Pavement Markings and Randomly check markings are clearly
Symbols visible, legible and conform to OTM Book 11
2273.4 Pavement Markings and Randomly check line edges are straight and
Symbols true with no severe splatter overspray or
tracking of material
2273.5 Pavement Markings and Upon completion of the placement of all final
Symbols pavement markings review the Contract
Document with the regional pavement
coordinator to check the minimum
performance requirements have been
achieved, as detailed in Table 3 of the
PERF.
285
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Unpaved Shoulders –

PERF 2277
286
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Pavement Structure

Replacement – PERF 2282
287
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Hot Mix Asphalt Partial
Depth and Hot Mix Asphalt Full Depth Repair – PERF 2292
288
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Structural Culverts –

PERF 3271
289
Performance Specification for Design and Construction of Deck Joint

Assemblies, Preformed Seals, Joint Fillers, Joint Seals, Joint Sealing Compounds
and Waterstops – PERF 3273
290
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF NON-

STRUCTURAL CULVERTS – PERF 4271
DURING CONSTRUCTION
.
4271.1 Pipe Material Selection Check pipe selection complies with MTO Pipe
Gravity Design regarding culvert material
requirements (eg. Steel, Concrete, High Density
Polyethylene, PVC)
4271.2 Pipe Material Code Check randomly 25% new pipe installations that
the designed pipe material code is being followed
including the new designed diameter and length,
as per quantity sheets
4271.3 New Culvert Installation randomly check 25% of new pipe installations
(random checks should focus on culverts in deep
fills) are being installed at the designed location,
elevation, alignment as the existing culvert with
minor adjustments for erosion to meet current
conditions.
4271.4 New Culvert Installation randomly check 25% of the new culverts are
being installed at designed trench widths with
proper fill/bedding materials, frost tapers where
site conditions warrant etc.
4271.5 Dewatering/Unwatering Randomly check 25% of the new culverts to

ensure where dewatering measures are required
they are carried out as per the Contract
POST CONSTRUCTION

4271.6 Constructed Culvert Inventory check/ ensure Constructed Culvert Inventory
Database Database is submitted to the Ministry 5 Business
Days before the start of a main inspection
window.
4271.7 Pipe Condition Status Ministry to perform post installation inspections on

25% of the total number
of culverts installed (locations will be at the
Ministries discretion.) to determine if culverts
meet Pipe Condition Status.
291
4271.8 Post Installation Inspection Notify the Design-Builder 5 Business Days prior to
the start date of the post installation inspections
4271.9 Post Installation Inspection Check that the pipe culverts identified for
inspection have been cleaned and flushed out by
the Design-Builder at least 2 Business Days prior
to the inspection.
4271.10 Post Installation Inspection Schedule arrangements with a qualified
Inspection firm to Check for scour , slope erosion,
settlement/distortion/heaving, barrel, shape and
joints at selected pipe locations (25% of culverts
installed) to ensure the features meet
performance requirements.
4271.11 Ensure pipes after inspection that do not have an
acceptable PCS, are replaced or repaired.
4271.12 Scour, Slope Erosion, Ensure Design-Builder corrects within 15
Settlement/Distortion/Heaving Business Days of receiving notice from the
Ministry.
4271.13 Pipe Condition Status Ensure repair methods are performed as outlined
assessed with a “Repair” PCS in Table 3 of PERF.
292
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF

STRUCTURAL CULVERTS – PERF 3271
293
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF CABLE

GUIDE RAIL, STEEL BEAM GUIDE RAIL AND STEEL BEAM ATTENUATING
TERMINAL SYSTEMS– PERF 4201
.
4201.1 Cable Guide Rail Check 25% of CGR installed meets Contract
Document requirements. (refer to CAITM)
4201.2 Steel Beam Guide Rail Check all SBGR installed meets Contract
Document requirements (refer to CAITM)
4202.3 Steel Beam Energy Attenuating Check all End Treatments installed meets
Systems Contract Document requirements (refer to
CAITM)
294
APPENDIX A
LIST OF CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FORMS
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FORMS LIST

ADM-R-44 RECORD OF EXPANSION JOINT - WATER TESTING
PH-A-106 LIST OF MATERIALS FROM DESIGNATED SOURCES
PH-CC-009 FIELD COMPACTION REPORT (NUCLEAR GUAGE)
PH-CC-010 ONE POINT PROCTOR TEST
PH-CC-106 BITUMINOUS ROAD INSPECTOR'S DAILY REPORT
PH-CC-117 COLD WEATHER CONCRETING RECORD TEMPERATURE
PH-CC-129A WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE THICKNESS REPORT
PH-CC-130 DETERMINING PAYMENT PER SHIPMENT OF EMULSIFIED ASPHALTS
PH-CC-131 DETERMING THE PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT FOR EMULSIFIED ASPHALTS
PH-CC-132 DETERMINING THE PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT FOR EMULSIFIED ASPHALT
PRIMERS
PH-CC-133 DETERMINING THE PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT FOR LIQUID ASPHALTS
PH-CC-134 DETERMINING THE PERCENTAGE ADJUSTMENT FOR POLYMER MODIFIED
EMULSIFIED ASPHALTS
PH-CC-139 BITUMINOUS SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION
PH-CC-247 HOT MIX – ACCEPTANCE TEST RESULT FOR RECOVERED PENETRATION
PH-CC-255 HOT MIX – COMPACTION ACCEPTANCE AND PRICE ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-CC-322 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION REPORT
PH-CC-340 FIELD SAMPLE DATA SHEET - CONCRETE
PH-CC-349 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL (PRODUCT SAMPLE FORM)
PH-CC-360 PAVEMENT MARKING SAMPLE DATA MATERIALS ENGINEERING & RESEARCH
OFFICE CONCRETE SECTION
PH-CC-427 BRIDGE DECK COVERMETER SURVEY
PH-CC-430 STRUCTURAL COATING SAMPLE DATA MATERIALS ENGINEERING & RESEARCH
OFFICE CONCRETE SECTION
PH-CC-433A CONCRETE MIX DESIGN SUBMISSION FORM A
PH-CC-433B CONCRETE MIX DESIGN SUBMISSION FORM B
PH-CC-443 GEOTEXTILE TESTING REQUEST
PH-CC-448a AGGREGATE TEST DATA – CONCRETE (Physical Properties – Fine Aggregate)
PH-CC-448b AGGREGATE TEST DATA – CONCRETE (Physical Properties – Coarse Aggregate)
PH-CC-449a AGGREGATE TEST DATA – HOT MIX ASPHALT (Physical Properties – Fine
Aggregate)
PH-CC-449b AGGREGATE TEST DATA – HOT MIX ASPHALT (Physical Properties – Coarse
Aggregate)
PH-CC-449c AGGREGATE TEST DATA – HOT MIX ASPHALT (Superpave – Consensus Properties)
PH-CC-450a AGGREGATE TEST DATA – GRANULAR (PHYSICAL PROPERTIES)
PH-CC-450b AGGREGATE TEST DATA – GRANULAR (PRODUCTION PROPERTIES)
PH-CC-451 AGGREGATE TEST DATA – SURFACE TREATMENT (Physical Properties)
PH-CC-455 QA GRANULAR SUMMARY
PH-CC-700 PERMISSION TO START WORK
PH-CC-703 SCALE ACCURACY INSPECTION
PH-CC-708 DAILY REPORT GLASS BEAD APPLICATION RATE
PH-CC-709 INSTRUCTION NOTICE TO DESIGN-BUILDERS
PH-CC-711 SUMMARY REPORT PAVEMENT MARKINGS
295
PH-CC-712 RECONCILLIATION OF MTO SUPPLIED MATERIALS

PH-CC-713 DAILY REPORT PAVEMENT MARKINGS
PH-CC-716 SUMMARY QUANTITY SHEETS
PH-CC-719 COVER FORM FOR MATERIAL WEIGH TICKETS
PH-CC-721 RECORD OF SCALE AND WEIGHING INSPECTION
PH-CC-725 TAX CHANGE STATEMENT
PH-CC-730 SUMMARY FOR ITEM
PH-CC-731 FINAL PAYMENT QUANTITY
PH-CC-732 MATERIAL CONTROL LEDGER, CONTRACT MATERIALS
PH-CC-735 CROSS SECTION TEMPLATE (SUB - GRADE)
PH-CC-736 NOTIFICATION OF PLACEMENT OF STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
PH-CC-742 CONSENT TO SUBLET
PH-CC-744 FUEL CONSUMPTION LISTING SUBDESIGN-BUILDER
PH-CC-745 FUEL CONSUMPTION TRACKING SUBDESIGN-BUILDER
PH-CC-750 REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION
PH-CC-754 DAILY WORK RECORD
PH-CC-763 STATEMENT OF RECORD OF WORKING DAYS
PH-CC-765 CONTRACT MATERIAL DELIVERY SCHEDULE
PH-CC-771 TURNOVER AGREEMENT
PH-CC-775 EXTENSION OF TIME REQUEST AND APPROVAL FORM
PH-CC-782 DAILY REPORT STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING
PH-CC-783 SUMMARY REPORT STRUCTURAL STEEL COATING
PH-CC-796 TIME & MATERIAL SUMMARY FOR PAYMENT
PH-CC-797 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION OF SUBCONTRACT
PH-CC-798 STATUTORY DECLARATION OF COMPLETION OF SUBCONTRACT
PH-CC-799 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE
PH-CC-800 CLAIM FOR LIEN
PH-CC-801 RELEASE OF LIEN
PH-CC-802 RELEASE FROM WARRANTY CERTIFICATE
PH-CC-811 CERTIFICATION OF THE COMPONENT
PH-CC-817 APPLICATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE / CONTRACT COMPLETION
PH-CC-818 INCIDENT NOTIFICATION FORM
PH-CC-819 ACTUAL PAYROLL BURDEN
PH-CC-820 CERTIFICATION OF GRADE ELEVATION / CROSSFALL
PH-CC-822 CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMANCE
PH-CC-822CPD CERTIFICATE OF THE PAVEMENT DESIGN AND THE PAVEMENT DESIGN
REPORT
PH-CC-822IMC CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT CHECK OF MIX DESIGN
PH-CC-822PIC CERTIFACTION OF INSTALLATION OF PIPE CULVERTS
PH-CC-822PCC POST CONSTRUCTION CERTIFICATE
PH-CC-823 ADVANCE PAYMENT FOR GRANULAR
PH-CC-825 LETTER OF APPROVAL (LAND OWNER AGREEMENT)
PH-CC-828 CHANGE PROPOSALS DURING CONSTRUCTION
PH-CC-829 FINAL ESTIMATE QUANTITES AND COST SHEET
PH-CC-830 CONTRACT VALUE REPORT FOR SUBDESIGN-BUILDER’S
PH-CC-831 DESIGNATION AND INSPECTION OF HAUL ROADS
PH-CC-832 DESIGN-BUILDER'S INFRACTION REPORT
PH-CC-833 WARNING OF INFRACTION REPORT
PH-CC-834 MEMORANDUM RE: MAJOR ITEM OVERRUN/UNDERRUN
296
PH-CC-837 RELEASE OF PIT AREAS & WASTE SITES ON CROWN LAND

PH-CC-838 PRELIMINARY DESIGN-BUILDER SCHEDULE CHECKLIST
PH-CC-839 MTO CLASS EA MONITORING QUESTIONNAIRE FOR CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION STAFF
PH-CC-840 REGIONAL ROAD REPORT
PH-CC-841 WARRANTIES
PH-CC-842 INSP., TESTING AND SAMPLING OF DESIGNATED SOURCE MATERIAL
PH-CC-843 NUCLEAR MOISTURE / DENSITY, GAUGE INSPECTION WORKSHEET (QC)
PH-CC-844 PRICE ADJUSTMENT FOR CONCRETE
PH-CC-845 DAILY CONCRETE LOAD TEST RESULTS
PH-CC-846 HOT MIX COMPACTION CORE SAMPLE LOCATION
PH-CC-847 HOT MIX SUMMARY
PH-CC-848 HOT MIX / CONCRETE SMOOTHNESS ACCEPTANCE & PRICE ADJUSTMENT
SHEET
PH-CC-849 DETERMINATION OF SCARIFICATION DEPTH FOR HOT-IN-PLACE RECYCLING
PH-CC-850 CHANGE ORDER - ADDITIONAL WORK
PH-CC-851 CHANGE ORDER - CHANGE IN THE WORK, EXTRA WORK
PH-CC-852 TIME AND MATERIAL BAR GRAPH
PH-CC-854 CHANGE ORDER APPROVAL AND COST ESTIMATE
PH-CC-856 PRICE AGREEMENT FOR CHANGE IN THE WORK, EXTRA WORK OR ADDITIONAL
WORK
PH-CC-857 WORK DIRECTIVE
PH-CC-859 NON-CONFORMANCE REPORT
PH-CC-861 MONTHLY SUMMARY OF QUALITY PROCESS NON-CONFORMANCES
PH-CC-862 STATUS OF NON-CONFORMANCE
PH-CC-863 ANNUAL DECLARATION: MTO MINIMUM QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
PH-CC-863M ANNUAL DECLARATION FOR A COMPANY WITH SUBSIDIARIES: MTO MINIMUM
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
PH-CC-864 ANNUAL DECLARATION: ISO 9001 QUALITY MANAGEMENT STANDARD
PH-CC-866 APPLICATION FOR FIELD ADJUSTMENT TO JMF
PH-CC-867 MACROTEXTURE RATIO CALCULATION FORM
PH-CC-868 HOT MIX QC/QA COMPARISON AND PAY FACTOR CALCULATION
PH-CC-870 LIFT THICKNESS MEASUREMENT RECORDING FORM
PH-CC-871 FORM A: CONCRETE COVER METER CALIBRATION REPORT &
FORM B: REPORT ON LIFT THICKNESS AS DETERMINED FROM CONCRETE
COVERMETER READINGS
PH-CC-872 SAMPLE LETTER TO DESIGN-BUILDER - Re: Design-Builder Mix Designation as
required by SP for Acceptance of Hot Mix by End Result Specification
PH-CC-873 SAMPLE LETTER TO DESIGN-BUILDER (Version 1.0) Re: Notice of (General/Mid-
Lane) Segregation
PH-CC-874 HOT MIX - SMOOTHNESS ACCEPTANCE AND PRICE ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-CC-875 VISUAL ASSESSMENT OF HOT MIX DEFICIENCES
PH-CC-876 CERTIFICATION OF TEMPORARY CONCRETE BARRIER INSTALLATIONS
PH-CC-877 CERTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION OF SAFETY ITEMS
PH-CC-878 RECORD DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST
PH-CC-879 CERTIFICATION OF ELECTRICAL CHAMBER INSTALLATIONS
PH-CC-880 CONTRACT CONTROL OFFICER REPORT
PH-CC-880CAPR CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION PERFORMANCE REPORT
PH-CC-881 PAYMENT COVER SHEET
PH-CC-890 CERTIFICATE OF CONTRACT COMPLETION
297
PH-D-046 PIT AND QUARRY AFTER USE REPORT

PH-D-10 AGGREGATE SAMPLE DATA SHEET
PH-D-1A GRANULAR A GRADATION COMPUTATION ACCEPTANCE & PAYMENT
ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-D-1B GRANULAR B TYPES I, II & III GRADATION COMPUTATION ACCEPTANCE &
PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-D-1M GRANULAR M GRADATION COMPUTATION ACCEPTANCE & PAYMENT
ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-D-1O GRANULAR O GRADATION COMPUTATION ACCEPTANCE & PAYMENT
ADJUSTMENT SHEET
PH-D-1SSM SSM GRADATION COMPUTATION ACCEPTANCE & PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT
SHEET
PH-D-205 BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION PILE DRIVING RECORD
PH-D-352 MISCELLANEOUS DETAIL SHEET
PH-D-359 INVOICE OF PLANS, PROFILES, NOTES, ETC.
PH-M-002 SURFACE TREATMENT DAILY REPORT
PH-M-101 DESIGNATION OF CONSTRUCTION ZONE
Forms can be downloaded from RAQS
298
APPENDIX B
ROLE OF THE CONTRACT ADMINISTRATOR WITH RESPECT TO QUALITY

VERIFICATION ENGINEER (QVE) SERVICES
PRINCIPLES
The CA shall monitor the performance of the Design-Builder (and by extension the
QVE) by verifying the Design-Builder’s processes, rather than assessing the quality of
the Work. The CA shall conduct random assessments to determine whether or not the
QVE services, including the issuing of Certificates of Conformance (CofC’s), are in
general conformance with the Contract Documents. It is important that the CA not
assume any responsibility for the QVE services or the quality of the Work.
CA SERVICES
The CA shall provide the following services, as a minimum:
Construction
 Receiving CofC’s for Construction;

 Confirming, documenting and reporting that CofC’s:
- Are received within the specified time frame
- Consist of the specified content and format (defined in SP199S48)
- Are sealed and signed by the QVE
 Requesting a copy of the QVE’s written permission to proceed after an Interim
Inspection on a random basis on the % of work specified in the Contract
Administration and Inspection Task Manual or when there is justifiable concern that
the work covered by the Interim Inspection does not comply with the Contract
Documents;
 Confirming, documenting and reporting that QVE’s written permission to proceed
after an Interim Inspection:
- Is received within the specified time frame and
- The work complies with the Contract Documents
 Conducting random assessments of the Work;
This activity includes conducting a random assessment on the % of work specified in
the this guide for that item, random assessment of fabricated components when
received on site, and immediately advising MTO Operations staff (CSA) if the as-
constructed work differs from the description in the CofC;
 Facilitating speedy consideration of Design-Builder proposals for Amendments to
Contract Documents in cases of non-conformance.
QVE Performance Monitoring Report
 The CA shall submit a QVE monitoring report to the Regional Contracts Office at the
same time the Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating report is submitted;
299
 The report is not an audit of the construction work but the results of an audit of the
Certificates of Conformance (CofC), permissions to proceed and the Design-
Builder’s processes;
 The monitoring shall include:
– Has the Design-Builder complied with the Special Provision for QVE Services and
the Quality Control Compliance Incentive Special Provision?
– Has the QVE been on-site when required by the Contract Documents, or at the
fabrication plant (if applicable)?
– What procedures did the QVE perform?
– Did the QVE perform all the procedures required by the applicable SP?
 The report shall include:
– Contract item/specification;
– Component monitored;
– Location of component monitored;
– Details of their monitoring procedures;
– Date/time of monitoring.
300
APPENDIX C
TECHNICAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Document Distributor
MTO Library Website
Abbreviation and Symbols Manual
Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
AutoCAD Drawings – Structural Library
MTO Library Website
AutoCAD Standards Guide
MTO Library Website
Bailey Bridge Manual
MTO Library Website
Bridge Clearance and Load Restriction Manual
MTO Library Website
Canadian Bridge Analysis System (CANBAS)
MTO Library Website
Canadian Bridge Analysis System (CANBAS) Examples Manual
Canadian Bridge Analysis System (CANBAS) Input Instruction MTO Library Website
Manual Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code
Canadian Portland Cement Association “Thickness Design for Canadian Portland Cement
Concrete Highways and Street Pavements” Association
MTO Library Website
Cathodic Protection Manual for Concrete Bridges
Class Environmental Assessment for Provincial Transportation MTO Website
Facilities (2000) Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Commercial Site Access Policy and Standards Manual
MTO Library Website
Commercial Vehicle Survey Customized Report
MTO Library Website
Concrete Culvert Design and Detailing Manual
MTO Library Website
Construction Administration and Inspection Task Manual
MTO Library Website
Construction Change Order Manual
MTO – Regional Contracts
Construction Contract Administration Regional Memoranda
Office
Design-Builder Performance and Selection System, Design-
Builder Reviews and Design-Builder Infraction Reports – Process MTO Website
Guide
Design-Builder Quality Control (QC) Plan – Process Procedures
MTO Website
Guide
301
Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating Guideline
Office
MTO Library Website
Contract Design Estimating and Documentation Manual
MTO Library Website
Corridor Control and Permit Procedures Manual
MTO Library Website
Designated Sources for Materials
MTO Library Website
DGS Design Graphic System User Manual
MTO Library Website
Drainage Management Manual – Volumes 1,2,3 and 4
MTO Library Website
Electrical Engineering Manual Volume 1 – Electrical Design
MTO Library Website
Electrical Engineering Manual Volume 2 – Electrical Maintenance
MTO Library Website
Electrical Engineering Manual Volume 3 – C.D.E.D.
MTO Library Website
Electrical Engineering Manual Volume 4 – ATMS C.D.E.D.
Environmental Guide for Contaminated Property Identification and MTO Website
Management Publications Ontario
Environmental Guide for Built Heritage and Cultural Heritage MTO Website
Landscapes Publications Ontario
Environmental Guide for Erosion and Sediment Control During
MTO Website
Construction of Highway Projects
MTO Website
Environmental Guide for Fish Habitat
MTO Website
Environmental Noise Guide for Noise
MTO Website
Environmental Guide for Patrol Yard Design
MTO Website
Environmental Guide for Wildlife in the Oak Ridges Moraine
MTO Library Website
Environmental Guidelines for Structural Steel Coating
Environmental Protection Requirements for Transportation
MTO Website
Planning and Highway Design, Construction, Operations and
Maintenance
MTO Website
Environmental Reference for Contract Preparation
MTO Website
Environmental Reference for Highway Design
Exceptions to the Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code
MTO Bridge Office
CAN/CSA – S6-00-Sign Support Inspection Guidelines
302
MTO Website
Environmental Standards and Practices User Guide
Field Guide for the Acceptance of Hot Mix and Bridge Deck MTO Library Website
Waterproofing Publications Ontario
Flexible Link Slab for Steel Girder Bridges MTO Bridge Office
MTO Library Website

Formwork and Falsework Manual
MTO Library Website
Geometric Design Standards for Ontario Highways – Metric
Guideline for the Design of Snowmobile Bridges MTO Bridge Office
Guidelines For Drinking Well Water Sampling and Testing In MTO Website
Ministry of Transportation Activities Publications Ontario
Design and Construction
Design and Construction Standards Office Bulletins / Memos
Standards Office
MTO Library Website
Highway Engineering Standards Drawings: Structural
MTO Library Website
Highway Equipment Standards Manual
MTO Library Website
Inspector’s Diary
MTO Library Website
Integral Abutment Bridges
MTO Website
Interim Guide to Environmental Assessment: Co-ordinating
Environmental Policy and
Provincial and Federal Legislative Requirements
Standards Section
MTO Library Website
King’s Highway Guide Signing Policy Manual
MTO Library Website
Laboratory Testing Manual (MTO)
MTO Library Website
Maintenance Manual
MTO – Environmental
Management of Excess Materials in Road Construction and
Policy and Standards
Maintenance Protocol
Section (905-704-2104)
MTO – Materials
Manual for Condition Rating of Flexible Pavements (SP-024) Engineering and Research
Office
MTO – Materials
Manual for Condition Rating of Rigid Pavements (SP-005) Engineering and Research
Office
MTO Library Website
Manual of Standard Short Span Steel Bridges
MTO – Materials
Mix Design Method for Recycled Hot Mix Engineering and Research
Office
303
MTO Website
Environmental Policy and
MTO Class EA Process Monitoring Program (Sept. 2000)
Standards Section (905-
704-2104)
MTO/DFO/MNR Protocol for Protecting Fish and Fish Habitat on MTO Website
Provincial Transportation Undertakings (2006) Publications Ontario
MTO/MOE Memorandum of Understanding on Permits to Take MTO Website
Water (2006) Publications Ontario
MTO Website
MTO Environmental Glossary
MTO Library Website
MTO General Conditions of Contract
MTO Library Website
MTO Soil Classification Manual
MTO Library Website
Ontario Bikeways: Planning/Design Guidelines
MTO Library Website
Ontario Highway Bridge Design Code (3rd Edition, 1991)
MTO Library Website
Ontario Highway Traffic Volumes 1988 – 2002
OPS Specifications for Roads and Municipal Services, Volume 1,
MTO Library Website
General Conditions of Contract and Specifications for
Construction (Division 1 to 9)
OPS Specifications for Roads and Municipal Services, Volume 2, MTO Library Website
Specifications for Material Publications Ontario
OPS Specifications for Roads and Municipal Services, Volume 3,
MTO Library Website
Drawings for Roads, Barriers, Drainage, Sanitary Sewers, Water-
Mains, and Structures
OPS Specifications for Roads and Municipal Services, Volume 4, MTO Library Website
Drawings for Electrical Work Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Ontario Structure Inspection Manual
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 5 Regulatory Signs
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 6 Warning Signs
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 7 Temporary Conditions (Field MTO Library Website
Edition) Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 11 Markings and Delineation
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) Book 12 Traffic Signals
MTO Library Website
Ontario Traffic Signal Control Equipment Specifications
Overcoating – Technical Assessment of Existing Coatings of Steel
MTO – Bridge Office
Bridges for Overcoating
304
MTO Library Website
Pavement Design and Rehabilitation Manual
MTO Library Website
Pesticides Spray Manual
MTO Library Website
Pile Load and Extraction Tests, 1954 – 1992
MTO Library Website
Post - Tensioned Decks
Pre-stressed Concrete Manual for Quality Assurance of Bridges MTO Library Website
During Construction Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Prioritized Contract Content Guidelines
Procedures for the Design of High Mast Pole Foundations MTO – Bridge Office
MTO – Materials
Procedures for Administration of Mineral Aggregate Extraction on
Engineering and Research
MTO Contracts
Office
Progress and Final Payment Guidelines (July 2003)
Office
Property Request Manual MTO – Property Section
MTO Library Website

Provincial Highways Distance Table
MTO Library Website
Remote Airport Lighting Manual
MTO Library Website
Roadside Safety Manual
Seeding And Cover Quality Assurance Visual Inspection Field MTO Library Website
Guide Publications Ontario
MTO Library Website
Short Span Steel Bridges
MTO Library Website
Sign Support Manual
Standard Ministry Forms related to Construction Contract MTO - Regional Contracts
Administration Services Office
MTO Library Website
Standards for Engineering Surveys, Version 2.0
MTO Library Website
Structural Financial Analysis Manual
MTO Library Website
Structural Manual
MTO Library Website
Structural Steel Coating Manual
MTO Library Website
Structure Rehabilitation Manual
MTO Library Website
Survey Book
305
MTO Library Website
Surveys and Plans Manual (Volume 1–3)
Traffic Control Signal Timing and Capacity Analysis for Signalized
MTO – Traffic Office
Intersections
1993 AASHTO Guide for the Design of Pavement Structures for
AASHTO
Rigid and Flexible Pavements
MTO - Regional Contracts
Applicable Ministry Directives and Regional Memoranda
Office
Central Region Operation Constraints Non-Standard SP’s MTO – Central Region
Northwestern Region Geotechnical Investigation Minimum MTO – Northwestern
Requirements, Version 1 Region Geotechnical Office
Northwestern Region Geotechnical Pavements Design Thickness MTO – Northwestern
Chart Region Geotechnical Office
MTO – Northwestern
Northwestern Region L:/ Drive Files
Region P & D
Guidelines for Conducting ½ Cell Survey & Covermeter Survey
Office
Stormwater Management Requirement for Land Development MTO – Drainage
Proposals Management Website
MTO – Drainage
Evaluation of Drainage Management Software
Management Website
306
APPENDIX D
DESIGN-BUILD PROJECT MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
In order to effectively develop, advertise and award a Design-Build contract, there needs to be a
well-developed Project Management Structure.
For each Design-Build project, a Project Team shall be established to develop and deliver the
project from start to finish. The Primary Project Lead role will be shared between the
Engineering Project Manager (EPM) and the ACE as outlined in the table below. The Project
Lead will be supported by a multi-disciplinary team, as with a traditional project.
Individual Project Team members will be need to be engaged in most aspects of project delivery
i.e. RFP preparation, procurement of the Design-Builder and contract administration/oversight
(design and construction). As the ministry gains experience with the Design-Build model, the
number of members may be reduced. However, in the interim, representation by all functional
offices involved in a particular project, as is typically done in traditional project delivery, is
recommended. It is also recommended that Project Team members be individually selected
based on their ability and desire to implement a new model for contract delivery and oversight.
For continuity purposes, it is imperative to maintain the same Project Team members
throughout the life of the project.
Although some Project Team members may only be required on a part-time basis, it is
imperative for the success of the project that the Primary Project Lead has the necessary
commitment from Project Team members to contribute fully when required, and the authority to
utilize their services effectively.
Specific roles and responsibilities for the Primary Project Lead, Associate Project Lead and
Project Team members may change through the life of the project. As such, the table below
describes the different phases of a Design-Build project along with the roles and responsibilities
of each member.
307
DESIGN-BUILD PROJECT MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE
Evaluation/Award Post Award
Document Development During Advertising During Warranty
(see Note 2) (During Design/Construction)
Engineering Primary Project Lead Primary Project Lead Primary Project Lead Associate Lead Associate Lead
Project • Prepares project scope as per SCR • In cooperation with • In cooperation with the • Attends project meetings with Design-Builder • Addresses design related issues
Manager (EPM) • Prepares DB ready Prelim Design the ACE, coordinates ACE coordinates the • Reviews design submissions arising during warranty period
package/report for inclusion in DB-EOI and/or responses to bid evaluation process and • Transmits all correspondence to Design- through ACE
(see Note 1) RFP enquiries documentation with Builder through ACE
• Forms Project Team as per traditional • Work with CMO support from the • Addresses design related issues raised by
design/contract development and obtains input (Estimating Office) on Technical Advisors Design-Builder
from regional technical offices (Technical preparation of the • Provides support to CA
Advisors) and/or Head Office as required Official Estimate
• Liaises with Program Planning
• Prepares DB-EOI/RFP (with support from CIO)
• Coordinates the preparation of the risk
assessment (with support from CIO)
• Coordinates Regional review
• Coordinates executive review
• Prepares regions estimate
• Submits package to CMO (via CRO) for
advertising
• Manages issues
• Provides internal reports as required
CSA/ACE Associate Lead Associate Lead Associate Lead Primary Project Lead (CA) Primary Project Lead (CA)
(see Note 3) • Provides input to SCR • Assists the EPM In • Assists the EPM in the • Coordinates meetings with the Design-Builder • Coordinates project warranty
• Supports the EPM in establishing the Project responding to bid evaluation process. • Coordinates all project correspondence, reviews and associated
Team enquiries payments, conformance issues documentation
• Participates in the RFP development • Assists the EPM in • Coordinates field reviews • Coordinates meetings with the
• Participates in the risk assessment process preparation of the • Coordinates project acceptance Design-Builder as needed
• Develops Working Day estimate Official Estimate • Prepares performance report (rating)
• Assists with design review
• Provides feedback to EPM regarding design
submission
• Co-ordinates access to site during proposal
preparation stage of project
308
Regional • Provide input to SCRProvide support to the • Assist the EPM in • Participate in the • Provide technical support during contract • Provide technical support during
Functional EPM in developing the technical requirements responding to bid evaluation process • May assist with milestone inspections warranty
Offices for the project enquiries • Assist with design reviews
(see Note 4) • Participate in the RFP development • Provide support to CA
• Participate in Technical Review
• Participate in executive review
During Evaluation/Award Post Award

Document Development During Warranty
Advertising (see Note 2) (During Design/Construction)
Field Monitors • May provide support to the EPM in developing • Assists the EPM In • Attends progressmeetings with Design-Builder • Performs warranty reviews
(CSA, CSI and the technical requirements for the project responding to bid • Provides field monitoring activities (focus on
QAO) enquiries safety, environment and milestone
• Will provide varying levels of support to the inspections)
EPM in developing the technical requirements • Assesses adherence to performance
for the project (QAO may play a larger requirements (gathers performance indicators,
advisory role at this stage) tracks non-conformances)
• Assists with preparation of performance report
(rating)
• Assists with design review
• Provides or supports Contract Administration
Field • Advise CA of non-conformances
Assistance during the warranty period as
(see Note 5.) identified during routine
maintenance administrative duties
Head Office • Provide support to EPM with development or • Provide support to • May provide technical • May provide technical support during contract • May provide technical support
Functional review of technical provisions for project- EPM in preparation of expertise to the (HSB-MERO) during warranty period (HSB-
Offices (HSB, specific issues (HSB-MERO) the Owner’s Estimate evaluation team (HSB- MERO)
CMO, MERO) (CMO-Estimating MERO)
Office) • Provide Bid Evaluation
and award support
(CMO-Estimating
Office)
Contract • Assists EPM with development and review of • Assists the EPM In • Participates in the • Provide support/advise throughout contract as • Provide support/advice throughout
Innovations DB-EOI/RFP documents (including Risk responding to bid evaluation process needed. warranty period as needed
Office Allocation Table for DB Major) enquiries
• Support for identifying appropriate
specifications for RFP
Notes: 1. Depending on the scope of work and at the discretion of the Region, the EPM could be from Planning and Design or Regional Structural Section
2. Award Process to follow current practice provided by Contract Management Office
3. ACE or CSA as the lead will be at the Region’s discretion.
4. Typically applies to functional engineering offices, Environmental section, Geotechnical,....
5. Typically Maintenance Superintendent and/or Maintenance Coordinators
309
APPENDIX E
SUBMISSION INSTRUCTION NOTICES AND NOTICE OF NON-CONFORMANCE
Instruction Notice acknowledging receipt of submissions from the Design-Builder;
Suggested wording:
“The Ministry is in receipt of your submission for<insert specifics>. A non-conformance has

been identified and a Notice of Non-Conformance is attached.<remove preceding sentence if
not applicable; attach Notice of Non-Conformance if applicable>. The Ministry will not be
approving the design submission since, as identified in the Contract Documents, the Design-
Builder is solely responsible for design adequacy, accuracy, constructability, appropriateness
regarding environmental requirements and conformance to all requirements of the Work.”
For submissions with a specified review time by the Ministry: send an additional
Instruction Notice once the review is complete. Suggested wording:
“The Ministry has reviewed your submission for<insert specifics>for conformance to the
Contract Documents. A non-conformance has been identified and a Notice of Non-
Conformance is attached.<remove preceding sentence if not applicable; attach Notice of
Non-Conformance if applicable>. The Ministry will not be approving the design submission
since, as identified in the Contract Documents, the Design-Builder is solely responsible for
design adequacy, accuracy, constructability, appropriateness regarding environmental
requirements and conformance to all requirements of the Work”
For submissions that have been determined by the Ministry to be in non-conformance:

Include the “non-conformance” statement in the appropriate Instruction Notice above and issue
a Notice of Non-Conformance. Suggested wording to be included in the Notice of Non-
Conformance:
“In the opinion of the Ministry the submission for<insert specifics>is not in conformance to
requirements of the Work for the following reasons:
<insert specifics of non-conformance including documentation, photos, etc. as
appropriate>
As identified in the Contract Documents, the Design-Builder is solely responsible for design
adequacy, accuracy, constructability, appropriateness regarding environmental requirements
and conformance to all requirements of the Work. When, in the opinion of the Ministry, the
design submissions are not in conformance, or contain significant errors, the Design-Builder will
be required to correct the Work so that it conforms to the Contract Documents. The Design-
builder shall stop construction of the Work that is not in conformance with the Contract
Documents or any Work which may impede the correction of Work that is not in conformance
with the Contract Documents, until such time as the Design-Builder corrects the Work so that it
conforms to the Contract Documents at no cost to the Ministry.”
310
APPENDIX F
DESIGN-BUILD RECORD DOCUMENTS CHECKLIST
Contract Number
Items that are “greyed out” are deemed as not required for the Design-Build model
however each should be assessed by the Project Team, including QAO, for applicability
to a specific contract.
The Record Documents include, but are not limited to the following documentation:
Please check if included in final package, or comment on reason it is not included

√ File # Documentation
Record Documents Checklist to CCO
Records of Services and Deliverables, according to the Construction
Administration Agreement
Records of inspections and verifications of Design-Builder’s work
including QVE certificates
Releases (Property Owners, Pits, etc.)
Intents to Claim and related documentation
Project Construction Report (to be prepared within 60 Days of completion
of the construction contract)
Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating (hard copy plus digital)
Record Drawings
N/A Design Package Evaluation (Hard copy and digital)
Contract Drawings (complete package of Issued For Construction
Drawings submitted by the Design-Builder)
Contract Documents (including RFP, all addenda, Proposal, Agreement)
Final Payment Certificate (including Design-Builder invoice in hard copy
and digital format)
N/A Itemized list of Breakdown Quantities with Payment References
N/A Final Estimate Quantities and Cost Sheet
Correspondence Folders (related to the contract)
Minutes of all Meetings
Instruction Notices (signed hard copies)
All Field Books and pre-engineering notes (grade checks, field measured
items showing all dimensions, original rock sections, roadway signs) (with
index describing contents in detail)
Contract Administrator’s Diaries
Inspectors Diaries
Design-Builder’s Traffic Signing Diary
Traffic Accident Records including Police Reports
N/A Survey Party Diary
N/A Contract Signing Diary acknowledging granular and borrow deductions
N/A Item summaries, summary quantity and detail sheets for all non PQP &
Adjusted PQP Items that require calculations (including references to
supporting field notes and all calculations for advanced payments)
311
List of Personnel on site, their position titles and dates of employment
List of Field Books, Cross Section Rolls and Diaries, including a brief
description of their content
N/A Numbered Cross Section Rolls with tags, design rolls with construction
revisions, topsoil piles, original rock after overburden removed and
borrow pit rolls
N/A Statement of Record of Working Days (with signatures)
All Required Certificates (QVE, Certification of Components &
Conformance, etc.)
All Digital Files (CAS, Design-Build ,CPR, etc.)
Shop Drawings
Design-Builder’s Master Equipment List
Extension of Time Request/Approval
Change Proposal Documentation
Substantial Performance Certificate
Copy of Certificate of Completion
List of Warranty Inspection Dates (include all actual site seeding and
landscape planting dates)
List of Outstanding Issues (claims, negotiations, etc.)
Design-Builders Schedule (critical path)
N/A CA’s Completed Design-Builder QC Checklist
Deficiency Lists
Summary of QC Major/Minor Deviations
Service Providers Contract Administration QC Plan for CA Services
(including Monitoring / Auditing Records (Only if Service Provider CA)
QAO and CAP Reports
N/A All Correlation Documentation
N/A All Bonus/Reduction Calculations (e.g. completion incentives, lane
rentals, A+B, waterproofing, covermeter, etc.)
All Physical Test Results –QA
All Acceptance Test Results (e.g. covermeter survey, waterproofing, line
painting, geotextile, granular sealing, etc.)
Electrical Service Manuals
Illumination and Traffic Signals Quality Records
Verified traffic signal PH-M-125’s
ATMS inspection and testing records
Specialty Work Quality Records
New Product Quality Records
Final half-cell and delamination survey records from Design-Builder and
verification records by CA (including other structural as constructed
related documentation as requested)
Environmental Quality Assurance Records (diary for environmental
quality control during construction, and the Design-Builder’s performance
relative to same)
Detailed Environmental Speciality Reports (e.g. fisheries, snakes, etc)
MTO Class Environmental Assessment (EA) Process Monitoring
Questionnaire
312
Excess Materials Disposal Agreements and Releases submitted by
Design-Builder.
Complete ‘Summary of Environmental Concerns and Commitments’ table
Copies of all environmental approvals, permits and authorizations
obtained by the Design-Builder for the work, including those that were
initially obtained by the ministry and amended during construction by the
issuing agency, or issued by the agency in the Design-Builder's name
after contract award
Environmental Monitoring Reports if any
N/A Complete package of design calculations and revisions for all PQP items
Invoice of Plans, Profiles, Notes, etc. (i.e. Packing Slip or Transmittal
Record)
List of benchmarks before and after construction (including restoration of
destroyed monuments) from Design-Builder
N/A Sketches of grids
N/A Construction Grading Report and revisions or templates complete with
recorded verification limits (signed by the inspector)
N/A Notice to Design-Builder to review final quantities (Regional Construction
Office)
Truck Register
CVORS
N/A Scale Accuracy Inspections
N/A Daily Truck Tares
Overload Reports
N/A Daily Summaries
N/A Up-to-date Summaries
N/A Cancelled Loads Report
N/A All Weigh Tickets
Change Orders (signed change orders, price agreements, invoices,
estimates daily work records, justification for the change, documentation,
etc.)
Compaction Reports -QA
One Point Proctor Tests (or control strip records)
Gradations -QA (factor calculations for DB CPR)
Grade certifications by Design-Builder and QA Grade Checks
N/A Template Sheets/Grading Reports
N/A All Earth and Rock Quantity Calculations (field adjusted volume reports,
HDS files, boulders, etc.)
N/A Muskeg Excavation Cross-Sections
N/A Underfill Stripping Measurements (including calculation adjustments)
Pit and Quarry After-Use Report (for all applicable commercial, wayside
and permit sources)
NEW – Summary Report of Total Aggregate Use (includes aggregate
produced from ROW rock cuts, qty of material produced from reclamation
processes, qty of recycled materials used in pavement/structure
elements) Report form under development – Nov 2011
N/A Rock Blasting Reports (include drilling patterns)
313
Asphalt Mix Designs
All QA Tests
Miscellaneous Items Quality Assurance/Acceptance Records
Records documenting how property related commitments and
construction concerns have been addressed
Material adjustment factor calculations based on QA test results (for DB
CPR purposes)
N/A Distribution Checks
A/C QA Test Results
N/A A/C Indexing Calculation
N/A A/C for bidding purposes calculation
N/A Hot Mix Summaries – hard copy and digital (copies should also be
forwarded to Bituminous Office)
Concrete Mix Design
N/A Concrete Batch Records
Compressive Strength Test Results for acceptance and DB CPR
Compressive Strength (adjustment factor calculations for DB CPR)
Hardened Air Void Tests (adjustment factor calculations for DB CPR)
Notification of Placement of Structural Concrete
All other related test results and documentation
List of borrow pits, waste disposal areas and the related release forms
Design-Builder’s Consent to Sublet
List of Subcontractors
Company Compliance Records complying with the statute and
regulations regarding use and transportation of nuclear density gauges.
Photographic and Video Records
• Provide full video record (both directions) of construction zone at
one week intervals:
• Provide photographic records of the following (but not limited to)
significant incidents/accidents, potential claim or delay situations,
signing configurations/changes, unusual or critical field
operations, or other situations as appropriate at the discretion of
the CA;
• All records are to accurately record the date and time they were
recorded;
• Photographic records relating to accidents, claims, or potential
legal action are to be of conventional (not digital) nature;
• Records of complex matters are to be accompanied by a narrative
or diary reference that clarifies the situation.
314
Submitted By: Position:
Service Provider Name:
Reviewed By (Ministry CSA):
Date:
Received in Office (date): Received By:
Distribution: 1) Area Contract Engineer 2) Contract Administrator 3) Head Contract Services
315
APPENDIX G
DESIGN-BUILD COMMUNICATION MATRIX
It is strongly recommended that the Project Lead, the CSA and the CA develop a
communication matrix to assist in ensuring appropriate distribution of all
communications.Attached below is a sample of a communication matrix that could be used.
Note this is a sample only and should be customized specifically to each Design-Build project.
(NOTE: A communication matrix template based on the sample below is available on the CIO
SharePoint site at: https://intra.sse.gov.on.ca/mto/PHM/ho/cmob/cio/Pages/Design-Build.aspx)
316
Design-Build Communications Matrix
Contract: DB-20XX-XXXX Project Title:
Distribution
1
1 1 Stakeholders
Primary Contact Group MTO Regional Functional Offices
Utilities Other
Management Office
Regional Contracts
Quality Assurance
Contract Services
Project Manager
Contract Services
Communication
Area Contracts
Design-Builder
Municipalities
Administrator
Administrator
Environment
Foundations
2 Originator
Structural
Geotech/
Engineer
Engineer
Type
Contract
Contract
Railway
Traffic
Hydro
MOE
MNR
OPP
DFO
Gas
Design-Builder Schedule
Updates
Design-Builder √ √ √ √ √
Design submissions
required in RFP
Design-Builder √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
PHM125 Design-Builder √ √ √ √
Meeting Agendas/Minutes Design-Builder √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Monthly Invoice Design-Builder √
Payment Certificate and
Contract
Supporting
Administrator
√ √ √
Documentation
Project Construction Contract
Report Administrator
√ √ √ √
Instruction Notice/ Notice Contract
of Non-Conformance Administrator
√ √ √ √ √
√ = First point of contact for submission √ = Mandatory Distribution List √= Distribute as appropriate relative to submission content
NOTES: 1. Distribution list (headings) should be customized to be project specific (e.g. CP Rail, Union Gas, City of London could be more specific Stakeholders for a project)
2. Communication Type list should be customized for your specific project (e.g. you may want to break down the “Design Submissions” into more specific categories such
as “Foundation design submissions”, “Structural design submissions”, “Electrical design submissions” etc.). Use your RFP and the DB Contract Admin Manual to
complete an appropriate listing of items (or groupings of item types) for your project.
317

MTO - Appendix Q - Design-Build Contract Administration Manual - A4H5S2

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

MTO - Appendix Q - Design-Build Contract Administration Manual - A4H5S2

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Design-Build Administration Manual January 2014

CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION MANUAL

Enquiries regarding amendments, suggestions, or comments should be directed to:

PART A CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION ......................................................................................... 5

PART B INSPECTION TASKS ......................................................................................................... 57

APPENDIX F ............................................................................................................................................................... 311

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE GUIDE

There are eight key areas to this guide, these are:

This document is not a complete documentation of the administration process. It is to be read in

All Design-Builder records are to be treated as confidential documents. Information requests

AASHTO American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials

FOS Filtration Opening Size

VSLAT Video System Line-up Acceptance Testing

2.0 GENERAL DESIGN-BUILD ADMINISTRATION

2.1 THE OWNERS ROLE

2.2 THE DESIGN-BUILDER’S ROLE

In relation to oversight, the Design-Builder’s role on a Design-Build project is to design and

The Design-Builder is required to coordinate mandatory pre-start meetings, at Design start-up

2.3 CONTRACT PAYMENT

3.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR DESIGN

The Contract Documents should be followed to ensure adherence to specified submission

3.2 PROJECT SPECIFIC TASKS

Specific project requirements are detailed under Section2.4 in the RFP.

4.0 ADMINISTRATION FOR CONSTRUCTION

The CA may be a Ministry employee or a Service Provider, as defined in the General

General Contract Administration Duties During Construction

General Contract Administration Duties Post-Construction

o Ensure that the Design-Builder’s Engineer confirms completion of the Work in

4.2 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION START-UP MEETING

4.2.1 Contract Administration Service Provider Quality Control of Services and

o Discuss/determine location of CA’s field office.

4.2.3 Inspection Tasks

4.2.4 Insurance and Risk Management Issues

4.2.5 Design-Build Contractor Performance Rating

4.2.6 Concerns / Expectations on Issues

The CA shall be responsible for:

o Establishing and maintaining appropriate relationships with adjacent property owners,

4.2.7 Pre-Construction Photos / Video

4.2.8 Documents Copied to MTO

The following documents shall be provided to the Regional Operations Office:

4.2.9 Material Testing and Sampling

As per Contract Documents, Ministry Directives and Memoranda.

4.2.9.1 Samples for Testing

4.2.9.2 Referee Testing

4.2.9.3 Application of Security Seals

o Hot Mix Bulk QA and Referee samples

4.2.9.4 Contact with Laboratories

Soils & Aggregates:

4.2.9.5 Review of Concrete and Asphalt Mix Designs

4.2.9.6 Review and Submission of Test Results

4.2.9.7 Year End Summaries

4.2.9.8 Guidelines for Test Result Submissions

ITEMS DETAILS OF SUBMISSIONS

Smoothness Sketch of sublot locations and list of approved exempted sublots

Smoothness Sketch of sublot locations and list of exempted sublots indicating

ITEMS DETAILS OF SUBMISSIONS

Hot Mix Aggregates QA results

ITEMS DETAILS OF SUBMISSIONS

Note: Submitted immediately upon completion of field testing and

4.2.9.9 Engineering Materials Field Testing Reference Table

Material Field Test Reference Document(s)

Cold-In-Place Recycling Contract Specifications

Macrotexture (Sand Patch) Field Guide